See other bills
under the
same topic
        PRIOR PRINTER'S NO. 1675                      PRINTER'S NO. 1685

THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF PENNSYLVANIA


SENATE BILL

No. 949 Session of 2008


        INTRODUCED BY KASUNIC, MUSTO, M. WHITE, STOUT, A. WILLIAMS,
           MELLOW, LAVALLE, COSTA, D. WHITE, BOSCOLA, BAKER, BROWNE,
           FOLMER, FONTANA, GORDNER, KITCHEN, LOGAN, MADIGAN, ORIE,
           RAFFERTY, STACK, TARTAGLIONE, WASHINGTON, WAUGH, WONDERLING
           AND WOZNIAK, JANUARY 11, 2008

        SENATOR  M. WHITE, ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES AND ENERGY, AS
           AMENDED, JANUARY 15, 2008

                                     AN ACT

     1  Providing for bituminous coal mines; and making a repeal.

     2                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
     3  Chapter 1.  Preliminary Provisions
     4  Section 101.  Short title.
     5  Section 102.  Application.
     6  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
     7  Section 104.  Definitions.
     8  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
     9  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
    10  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
    11  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    12  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
    13  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    14  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    15  Section 108.  Inspections.


     1  Section 109.  Accidents.
     2  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
     3  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
     4  Section 112.  Reports.
     5  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
     6  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
     7  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
     8  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
     9  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
    10  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    11  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
    12  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    13  Section 121.  Applicability.
    14  Chapter 2.  General Requirements for Underground Bituminous
    15                 Mines
    16  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
    17  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
    18  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant
    19                 mine foreman.
    20  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
    21  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
    22  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
    23  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators
    24                 and shot-firers.
    25  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
    26  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    27  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
    28  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    29  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working
    30                 place safety.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 2 -     

     1  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
     2  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
     3  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
     4                 competent persons.
     5  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
     6                 and reports.
     7  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
     8  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
     9  Section 219.  Management of mine.
    10  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    11  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
    12                 superintendent.
    13  Section 222.  Danger signals.
    14  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
    15  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    16  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    17  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    18  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
    19  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
    20  Section 229.  Survey by department.
    21  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    22  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
    23  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
    24  Section 233.  Line brattice.
    25  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
    26  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
    27  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
    28  Section 237.  Fans.
    29  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    30  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 3 -     

     1  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
     2                 working areas.
     3  Section 241.  Roof support.
     4  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
     5  Section 243.  (Reserved).
     6  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
     7  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
     8                 multiple shooting.
     9  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
    10  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
    11  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
    12  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    13  Section 250.  Bottom person.
    14  Section 251.  Number of persons to be hoisted.
    15  Section 252.  Top person.
    16  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
    17  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
    18  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
    19  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    20  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on on rope haulage.
    21  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
    22  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    23  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
    24  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
    25  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
    26  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
    27  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
    28  Section 265.  Duties of persons subject to this act.
    29  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
    30  Section 267.  Checking systems.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 4 -     

     1  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
     2                 mine.
     3  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
     4                 equipment.
     5  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
     6  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
     7  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
     8  Section 273.  Fire protection.
     9  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
    10  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
    11  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
    12  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
    13                 mines.
    14  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    15  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals.
    16  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
    17  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
    18  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
    19  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
    20                 materials.
    21  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    22  Chapter 3.  Electrical Equipment
    23  Section 302.  Definitions.
    24  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
    25  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
    26  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    27  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
    28  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    29  Section 308.  Capacity.
    30  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 5 -     

     1  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
     2  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
     3  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
     4  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
     5  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
     6  Section 315.  (Reserved).
     7  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
     8  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
     9  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
    10  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    11  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
    12  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    13  Section 322.  Grounding.
    14  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
    15  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    16  Section 325.  Bonding.
    17  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
    18  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    19  Section 328.  Guarding.
    20  Section 329.  Locomotives.
    21  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    22  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
    23  Section 332.  Load center.
    24  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
    25  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    26                 equipment.
    27  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    28  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
    29  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
    30  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 6 -     

     1  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
     2  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
     3                 equipment.
     4  Section 341.  Maintenance.
     5  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
     6  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
     7  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
     8                 equipment.
     9  Section 345.  (Reserved).
    10  Section 346.  (Reserved).
    11  Section 347.  (Reserved).
    12  Section 348.  (Reserved).
    13  Section 349.  (Reserved).
    14  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
    15  Chapter 4.  Diesel-powered Equipment
    16  Section 401.  Underground use.
    17  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    18  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    19  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    20  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
    21  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
    22  Section 407.  Containers.
    23  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
    24  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    25  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    26  Section 411.  Fueling.
    27  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    28  Section 413.  Maintenance.
    29  Section 414.  Records.
    30  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 7 -     

     1  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
     2  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
     3  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     4  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
     5  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
     6  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
     7  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
     8  Section 423.  Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
     9  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    10  Chapter 5.  Enforcement and Remedies
    11  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
    12  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    13  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
    14  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    15  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
    16  Section 506.  Inspections.
    17  Section 507.  Intervention.
    18  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    19  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
    20  Section 510.  Certification actions.
    21  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
    22  Chapter 6.  Emergency Medical Personnel
    23  Section 601.  Definitions.
    24  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    25  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
    26  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    27  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    28  Section 606.  Regulations.
    29  Section 607.  Certification.
    30  Section 608.  Liability.
    20080S0949B1685                  - 8 -     

     1  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
     2  Chapter 7.  Safety Zones
     3  Section 701.  Establishment.
     4  Section 702.  Written authorization.
     5  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
     6  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
     7  Section 705.  Verification.
     8  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
     9  Section 707.  Notice.
    10  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
    11  Chapter 31.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    12  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    13  Section 3102.  Effective date.
    14     The General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
    15  hereby enacts as follows:
    16                             CHAPTER 1
    17                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    18  Section 101.  Short title.
    19     This act shall be known and may be cited as the Bituminous
    20  Coal Mine Safety Act.
    21  Section 102.  Application.
    22     This act shall apply to all underground bituminous coal mines
    23  in this Commonwealth, including all of the following:
    24         (1)  The construction, operation, maintenance and sealing
    25     of underground bituminous coal mines.
    26         (2)  The operators of underground bituminous coal mines.
    27         (3)  All persons at underground bituminous coal mines.
    28  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
    29     (a)  Findings.--The General Assembly finds that it is in the
    30  public interest to establish a comprehensive scheme to protect
    20080S0949B1685                  - 9 -     

     1  the lives, health and safety of those who work at mines in this
     2  Commonwealth. This comprehensive scheme shall address all of the
     3  following:
     4         (1)  The first priority and concern of all in the
     5     bituminous coal mining industry must be the health and safety
     6     of those who work in and at mines and others in and about
     7     mines.
     8         (2)  Deaths and injuries from unsafe and unhealthful
     9     conditions and practices at underground bituminous coal mines
    10     cause grief and suffering to miners and their families.
    11         (3)  The efforts of mine operators, miners and the
    12     Commonwealth, through the Department of Environmental
    13     Protection, have over time significantly reduced the
    14     occurrence of deaths and injuries in the underground
    15     bituminous coal mining industry. This reduction in deaths and
    16     injuries is due, in part, to the safety standards under the
    17     act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339), known as the
    18     Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act, and the grant of
    19     authority to the department to approve underground bituminous
    20     coal mining activity and equipment.
    21         (4)  The Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act is
    22     becoming outdated and lacks an effective mechanism to modify
    23     existing standards and to adopt new standards.
    24         (5)  The Commonwealth must maintain a strong, independent
    25     mine safety program.
    26         (6)  The operators at underground bituminous coal mines,
    27     with the assistance of certified miners and mine officials
    28     have the primary responsibility to prevent the existence of
    29     unsafe and unhealthful conditions at underground bituminous
    30     coal mines.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 10 -     

     1         (7)  Underground bituminous coal mining is highly
     2     specialized, technical and complex and requires frequent
     3     review, refinement and improvement of standards to protect
     4     the health and safety of miners.
     5         (8)  The formulation of appropriate rules and practices
     6     to improve health and safety and to provide increased
     7     protection of miners can be accomplished more effectively by
     8     persons who have experience and expertise in underground
     9     bituminous coal mining and underground bituminous coal mine
    10     health and safety.
    11         (9)  Mine safety is enhanced through a rigorous program
    12     for training and certifying persons to work at mines in this
    13     Commonwealth.
    14         (10)  It is imperative that the department have the
    15     capability to coordinate and assist rescue operations in
    16     response to accidents at underground bituminous coal mines.
    17         (11)  It is in the public interest to encourage the
    18     underground bituminous coal mining industry to establish,
    19     maintain and support mine rescue teams and other emergency
    20     response capabilities.
    21     (b)  Purpose.--It is the purpose of this act to do all of the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  To use the full extent of the Commonwealth's powers
    24     to protect the lives, health and safety of miners and others
    25     in and about underground bituminous coal mines.
    26         (2)  To establish and promulgate improved mandatory
    27     health and safety standards to protect the health and safety
    28     of miners and others in and about underground coal mines in
    29     this Commonwealth.
    30         (3)  To establish a rulemaking process that enables the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 11 -     

     1     expeditious updating of the interim mandatory health and
     2     safety standards established under this act and to otherwise
     3     protect the health, safety and welfare of miners and others
     4     in and about mines.
     5         (4)  To require that operators at underground bituminous
     6     coal mines and every person at every mine comply with these
     7     standards.
     8         (5)  To improve and expand research, development and
     9     training programs aimed at preventing underground bituminous
    10     coal mine accidents and occupationally caused diseases in the
    11     industry.
    12         (6)  To enable the Commonwealth to respond as necessary
    13     and appropriate to accidents and other emergencies at
    14     underground bituminous coal mines.
    15  Section 104.  Definitions.
    16     The following words and phrases when used in this act shall
    17  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    18  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    19     "Abandoned workings."  Excavations, either caved or sealed,
    20  that are deserted and in which further mining is not intended.
    21     "Accident."  An unanticipated event, including any of the
    22  following:
    23         (1)  A death of an individual at a mine.
    24         (2)  An injury to an individual at a mine, which has a
    25     reasonable potential to cause death.
    26         (3)  An entrapment of an individual at a mine which has a
    27     reasonable potential to cause death or serious injury.
    28         (4)  An unplanned inundation of a mine by a liquid or
    29     gas.
    30         (5)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of gas or dust.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 12 -     

     1         (6)  An unplanned mine fire not extinguished within ten
     2     minutes of discovery.
     3         (7)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of a blasting
     4     agent or an explosive.
     5         (8)  An unplanned roof fall at or above the anchorage
     6     zone in active workings where roof bolts are in use.
     7         (9)  An unplanned roof or rib fall in active workings
     8     that impairs ventilation or impedes passage.
     9         (10)  A coal or rock outburst that causes withdrawal of
    10     miners or which disrupts regular mining activity for more
    11     than one hour.
    12         (11)  An unstable condition at an impoundment, refuse
    13     pile or culm bank, which does any of the following:
    14             (i)  Requires emergency action in order to prevent
    15         failure.
    16             (ii)  Causes individuals to evacuate an area.
    17         (12)  Failure of an impoundment, refuse pile or culm
    18     bank.
    19         (13)  Damage to hoisting equipment in a shaft or slope
    20     which endangers an individual or which interferes with use of
    21     the equipment for more than 30 minutes.
    22         (14)  An event at a mine which causes death or bodily
    23     injury to an individual not at the mine at the time the event
    24     occurs.
    25     "Active workings."  All areas in a mine that are not sealed
    26  and which must be ventilated and examined under this act.
    27     "Advisory committee." The Technical Advisory Committee on
    28  Diesel-Powered Equipment.
    29     "Approval."  A written document, issued by the Department of
    30  Environmental Protection, which states that a technology,
    20080S0949B1685                 - 13 -     

     1  material, machinery, tool, process, plan, device, equipment,
     2  facility, method, supply, accessory or other item meets the
     3  requirements of this act or of regulations promulgated under
     4  this act.
     5     "Board."  The Board of Coal Mine Safety.
     6     "Certified person."  An individual who is qualified under the
     7  provisions of this act and who holds a certificate from the
     8  Department of Environmental Protection to perform a particular
     9  duty in connection with the operation at a mine. The term
    10  includes all of the following:
    11         (1)  Mine foreman.
    12         (2)  Assistant mine foreman.
    13         (3)  Mine examiner.
    14         (4)  Mine electrician.
    15         (5)  Machine runner.
    16         (6)  Shot-firer.
    17         (7)  Miner.
    18     "Check survey."  The term shall have the same meaning as
    19  closed-loop survey.
    20     "Closed-loop survey."  The method of establishing the
    21  accuracy of a mine survey by conducting a loop traverse to the
    22  point of beginning or to a known point of another closed-loop
    23  survey. The term does not include a double angle, double
    24  distance survey unless that method is used to complete a closed-
    25  loop survey.
    26     "Coal-producing shift."  A shift primarily intended for coal
    27  production rather than for purposes of construction, maintenance
    28  and housekeeping even though some coal production may be
    29  incident to such purposes.
    30     "Department."  The Department of Environmental Protection of
    20080S0949B1685                 - 14 -     

     1  the Commonwealth.
     2     "DPEP."  Diesel-powered equipment package.
     3     "Face."  The solid coal at the inby end of a working place.
     4     "Inactive workings."  All portions of a mine in which
     5  operations have been suspended for an indefinite period, but
     6  have not been abandoned.
     7     "Interim mandatory safety standards."  The safety standards
     8  under Chapters 2 and 3.
     9     "Lateral and face take-ups."  The individual measurements
    10  left and right of the entry center line used to depict the
    11  physical location of the coal ribs and pillars. THE LATERAL       <--
    12  TAKE-UPS DEFINE THE INTERSECTIONS, PILLARS' CORNERS AND THE
    13  SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS IN ALL EXCAVATIONS. THE FACE TAKE-UPS
    14  DEFINE THE LIMITS OF MINING IN ALL FACE AREAS IN ADVANCE OF THE
    15  LAST STATION SPAD. FACE TAKE-UPS AND LATERAL TAKE-UPS IN THE
    16  FACE AREA ARE NOT TO EXCEED A DISTANCE GREATER THAN 300 FEET
    17  FROM THE LAST SURVEY STATION SPAD.
    18     "Lost-time injury."  When an individual is unable to report
    19  for work at the individual's regularly scheduled job on the
    20  individual's next regularly scheduled work shift due to a work-
    21  related injury.
    22     "Mine."  The shafts, slopes or drifts of an underground
    23  bituminous coal mine, either under construction, in use or
    24  abandoned, connected with excavations penetrating or intended to
    25  penetrate coal stratum or strata, which excavations are or were
    26  ventilated by air currents and connected by a method of
    27  transportation over which coal may be or was delivered to one or
    28  more points outside the mine. The term shall not include any
    29  surface coal mine.
    30     "Mine examiner."  An individual designated by the mine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 15 -     

     1  foreman or superintendent to examine a mine for gas and other
     2  dangers. The term shall include the title "fire boss."
     3     "Mine foreman."  An individual appointed by an operator or
     4  superintendent to be in charge of all of the following:
     5         (1)  The inside workings of a mine.
     6         (2)  An individual in a mine.
     7         (3)  A visitor to the inside of a mine, except for
     8     Federal and State Government representatives.
     9     "Mine official."  Any of the following:
    10         (1)  Superintendent.
    11         (2)  Mine foreman.
    12         (3)  Assistant mine foreman.
    13         (4)  Mine examiner.
    14         (5)  Mine electrician.
    15     "Miner."  An individual who is certified by the Department of
    16  Environmental Protection to work in an underground mine.
    17     "MSHA."  The Mine Safety and Health Administration within the
    18  United States Department of Labor.
    19     "NIOSH."  The National Institute for Occupational Safety and
    20  Health within the United States Department of Health and Human
    21  Services.
    22     "Operator."  An owner, lessee or other person who operates,
    23  controls or supervises a coal mine.
    24     "Permissible explosives."  Explosives approved for use in
    25  mines by the Mine Safety and Health Administration, the National
    26  Institute for Occupational Safety and Health or their
    27  predecessor agencies, notwithstanding the date of the approval.
    28     "Permit boundary."  The limits of the mine as established by
    29  the coal mine activity permit issued under the act of April 27,
    30  1966 (1st Sp. Sess., P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous Mine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 16 -     

     1  Subsidence and Land Conservation Act.
     2     "Person."  Any individual, partnership, association,
     3  corporation, firm, subsidiary of a corporation or other
     4  organization.
     5     "Pointer spads."  Additional spads set in the roof to
     6  indicate the line of direction or bearing for future
     7  excavations. Pointer spads may or may not be referenced in the
     8  field notes. Pointer spads are not considered a permanent record
     9  because they only indicate direction.
    10     "Representative of the miners."  Any person or organization
    11  which represents two or more miners at a coal mine for the
    12  purpose of this act. A REPRESENTATIVE WHO IS A MINER SHALL BE     <--
    13  EMPLOYED AT THE MINE AND AUTHORIZED AND CHOSEN BY TWO OR MORE OF
    14  THE MINERS EMPLOYED AT THE SAME MINE.
    15     "Return air."  Air that has ventilated the last working place
    16  on any split of any working section or any worked-out area
    17  whether pillared or nonpillared. The term shall include all of
    18  the following:
    19         (1)  Air that mixes with air that has ventilated the last
    20     working place on any split of any working section or any
    21     worked-out area, whether pillared or nonpillared.
    22         (2)  Any air that has passed or ventilated seal areas.
    23     "Secretary."  The Secretary of Environmental Protection of
    24  the Commonwealth or the designee of the secretary.
    25     "Shaft."  A vertical opening through the strata that is or
    26  may be used for the purpose of ventilation or drainage or for
    27  hoisting men or material, or both, in connection with the mining
    28  of coal or for other purposes related to mining.
    29     "Slope and drift."  An incline or opening used for the same
    30  purpose as a shaft.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 17 -     

     1     "Spad."  A flat spike, firmly anchored in a hole drilled into
     2  the mine ceiling from which is threaded a plumbline.
     3     "Superintendent." An individual appointed by an operator to
     4  manage a mine.
     5     "Survey line."  A representation of the line of survey from
     6  survey station spad to survey station spad as shown on the
     7  official mine map.
     8     "Survey station spad."  A permanent spad set in the roof that
     9  has a unique identification number or designation.
    10     "Underground bituminous coal mine."  A mine and the surface
    11  facilities that are physically connected to a mine, including
    12  preparation plants and loadouts at a mine, in this Commonwealth
    13  and not included in anthracite boundaries.
    14     "Ventilation apparatus."  All equipment, materials and
    15  devices used to establish, provide or support movement of air
    16  through a mine.
    17     "Work area."  Any place at a mine where work is being
    18  performed. The term shall not include areas where individuals
    19  are making examinations required under this act.
    20     "Working place."  The area in a mine from the last open
    21  crosscut to and including the face.
    22     "Working section."  The area in a mine from the face
    23  extending back 1,000 feet.
    24     "Year of experience."  For the purposes of issuing
    25  certifications under this act, the term shall mean working 240
    26  eight-hour days or the hourly equivalent within a 12-month
    27  period beginning with the first day of employment in a mine.
    28  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
    29     The department shall have the power and duty to administer a
    30  mine safety program for persons employed at mines. The
    20080S0949B1685                 - 18 -     

     1  department has the power and duty to do all of the following:
     2         (1)  Make inspections of public or private property as
     3     are necessary or useful in determining compliance with the
     4     provisions of this act, the rules and regulations promulgated
     5     under this act and any order, approval or permit issued by
     6     the department. The inspections may include examining or
     7     copying any documents required by this act.
     8         (2)  Conduct investigations and interviews of persons at
     9     a mine or elsewhere.
    10         (3)  Issue orders to implement the provisions and
    11     effectuate the purposes of this act.
    12         (4)  Institute proceedings and actions to implement the
    13     provisions and effectuate the purposes of this act, including
    14     suits seeking equitable relief or declaratory judgments and
    15     suits to recover costs incurred by the department.
    16         (5)  Institute prosecutions against the operator or his
    17     agent for a violation of any provision of this act.
    18         (6)  Determine whether a person is qualified to carry out
    19     a particular function or duty at a mine and to issue
    20     appropriate certification.
    21         (7)  Disqualify any person whose conduct poses a threat
    22     to the health and safety of those who work at mines or who
    23     interfere with the safe operation of any mine.
    24         (8)  Review and take appropriate action concerning safety
    25     of miners and persons in and about mines on all permit
    26     applications submitted to the department.
    27         (9)  Receive and act upon complaints.
    28         (10)  Conduct, review and, if funds are allocated for
    29     such purposes, commission scientific and other research
    30     directed to the purposes of this act.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 19 -     

     1         (11)  Approve electrical equipment, machinery, materials,
     2     methods and plans to be used at mines in this Commonwealth.
     3         (12)  Approve, on a mine-specific basis, the use of new
     4     technology, methods, materials, machinery, equipment,
     5     systems, tools, devices, processes and plans different from
     6     those required or authorized under the provisions of this act
     7     or the regulations promulgated under this act. The department
     8     may only make approvals where doing so would meet or exceed
     9     the protections afforded under this act or the regulations
    10     promulgated under this act. Approvals under this section
    11     shall have no precedent effect. All approvals in effect as of
    12     the effective date of this section shall remain in effect
    13     unless suspended, modified or revoked by the department.
    14         (13)  Respond to coordinate and assist responses to mine
    15     accidents and other emergencies.
    16         (14)  Establish an abandoned A mine map repository.        <--
    17         (15)  Serve as the agency of the Commonwealth for the
    18     receipt of funds from the Federal Government or other public
    19     agencies and expend the funds for studies and research with
    20     respect to and for the enforcement and administration of the
    21     purposes and provisions of this act and the regulations
    22     promulgated under this act.
    23         (16)  Assess civil penalties.
    24         (17)  Encourage and promote industry-based mine rescue
    25     capabilities.
    26         (18)  Provide training for department personnel and
    27     individuals who work in or who wish to work in the mining
    28     industry.
    29         (19)  Administer, deposit and expend funds from the Mine
    30     Safety Fund.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 20 -     

     1         (20)  Prepare and distribute to operators a mine
     2     operator's questionnaire form.
     3         (21)  Perform any act not inconsistent with any provision
     4     of this act, which it may deem necessary or proper for the
     5     effective administration or enforcement of this act and the
     6     rules or regulations promulgated under this act.
     7  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
     8     (a)  Establishment.--The Board of Coal Mine Safety is
     9  established and shall develop all of the following for
    10  recommendation to the department:
    11         (1)  Amendments that form the basis of the interim
    12     mandatory safety standards.
    13         (2)  Additional rules with respect to mine safety if the
    14     board determines that existing Federal and State regulations
    15     do not adequately address a specific hazard.
    16         (3)  Other rules and regulations as specifically
    17     authorized under this act.
    18     (b)  Composition.--The board shall consist of the secretary,
    19  who shall be the chairperson, and the following members
    20  appointed by the Governor:
    21         (1)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    22     coal mine operators in this Commonwealth.
    23         (2)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    24     working miners in this Commonwealth.
    25     (c)  Terms.--All appointments shall be subject to the
    26  following:
    27         (1)  The initial appointments after the effective date of
    28     this section shall have staggered terms so that, for each
    29     group of appointments under subsection (b), one member shall
    30     serve a term of one year, one member shall serve a term of
    20080S0949B1685                 - 21 -     

     1     two years and one member shall serve a term of three years.
     2     All subsequent appointments shall be for terms of three
     3     years.
     4         (2)  Members shall be eligible for reappointment.
     5     (d)  Representation.--For the initial appointments after the
     6  effective date of this section, the following shall apply:
     7         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
     8     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
     9     the major trade association representing coal mine operators
    10     in this Commonwealth.
    11         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
    12     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
    13     the highest-ranking official within the major labor
    14     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
    15     (e)  Vacancies.--The following shall apply to vacancies on
    16  the board:
    17         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
    18     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    19     by the major trade association representing coal mine
    20     operators in this Commonwealth.
    21         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
    22     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    23     by the highest-ranking official within the major labor
    24     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
    25     (f)  Employment.--Members of the board may continue in
    26  employment in the coal industry while serving on the board.
    27     (g)  Service.--Members shall serve at the pleasure of the
    28  Governor.
    29     (h)  Compensation.--Members of the board shall be compensated
    30  at the appropriate per diem rate based on the prevailing formula
    20080S0949B1685                 - 22 -     

     1  administered by the Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per
     2  day, plus reasonable expenses incurred while performing their
     3  official duties. The compensation shall be adjusted annually by
     4  the department to account for inflation based on the Consumer
     5  Price Index published by the United States Department of Labor.
     6  An individual board member may waive his or her right to all or
     7  part of the compensation.
     8     (i)  Meetings.--The board shall meet within 180 days of the
     9  effective date of this section for, at a minimum, organizational
    10  purposes. Members of the board shall meet at least twice during
    11  each calendar year or more often as may be necessary.
    12     (j)  Access.--In performing its functions, the board shall
    13  have access to the services of the department. The department
    14  shall make clerical support and assistance available to enable
    15  the board to carry out its duties.
    16     (k)  Funding.--Funding for the operation of the board and
    17  implementation of the provisions of this chapter shall be
    18  derived from the general government appropriation of the
    19  department.
    20     (l)  Nominations.--If a vacancy on the board occurs,
    21  nominations and appointments shall be made in the following
    22  manner:
    23         (1)  In the case of an appointment to fill a vacancy,
    24     nomination of a person for each vacancy shall be requested by
    25     and submitted to the Governor within 30 days after the
    26     vacancy occurs by the major trade association or major labor
    27     organization which nominated the person whose seat on the
    28     board is vacant.
    29         (2)  The vacancy shall be filled by the Governor within
    30     30 days of his or her receipt of the nomination.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 23 -     

     1     (m)  Quorum.--A quorum of the board shall consist of five
     2  members. Actions of the board must be approved by an affirmative
     3  vote of at least five members.
     4  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
     5     (a)  Authority.--The board shall have the authority to
     6  promulgate regulations that are necessary or appropriate to
     7  implement the requirements of this act and to protect the
     8  health, safety and welfare of miners and other persons in and
     9  about mines.
    10     (b)  Consideration.--The board shall consider promulgating as
    11  regulations any Federal mine safety standards that are either:
    12         (1)  Existing as of the effective date of this section
    13     and that are not included in interim mandatory safety
    14     standards.
    15         (2)  New standards, except for standards concerning
    16     diesel equipment, promulgated after the effective date of
    17     this section.
    18     (c)  Regulations.--Within 250 days of the effective date of
    19  this section, the board shall begin to consider the standards
    20  under subsection (b)(1) for promulgation as regulations. If
    21  final regulations are not promulgated by the board within three
    22  years of the effective date of this section, the secretary may
    23  promulgate final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
    24     (d)  New standards.--Within 70 days of the effective date of
    25  new mine safety standards under subsection (b)(2), the board
    26  shall begin to consider standards for promulgation as
    27  regulations. If the regulations are not promulgated as final by
    28  the board within three years of the effective date of the
    29  promulgation of the new standards, the secretary may promulgate
    30  final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 24 -     

     1     (e)  Justification for regulations.--Regulations shall be
     2  based upon consideration of the latest scientific data in the
     3  field, the technical feasibility of standards, experience gained
     4  under this and other safety statutes, information submitted to
     5  the board in writing by any interested person or the
     6  recommendation of any member of the board, if the board
     7  determines that a regulation should be developed in order to
     8  serve the objectives of this act.
     9     (f)  Topic.--Without limiting the scope of the board's
    10  authority under this section, regulations may address any of the
    11  following:
    12         (1)  Revisions to an interim mandatory safety standard to
    13     address a new technology or method of mining.
    14         (2)  Hazards not addressed by existing safety standards.
    15         (3)  The identification of positions not listed under
    16     this act requiring a certificate of qualification.
    17         (4)  The establishment of fees for services in amounts
    18     sufficient to cover the department's costs of administering
    19     this act. The fees established by the board may be increased
    20     each year after implementation by the percentage, if any, by
    21     which the Consumer Price Index for the most recent calendar
    22     year exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the calendar year
    23     1989. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Consumer Price
    24     Index for any calendar year shall mean the average of the
    25     Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, published by
    26     the United States Department of Labor, as of the close of the
    27     12-month period ending on August 31 of each calendar year.
    28     (g)  Safety.--No regulation promulgated by the board shall
    29  reduce or compromise the level of safety or protection afforded
    30  mine workers under this act. The secretary may disapprove a       <--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 25 -     

     1  notice of a proposed regulation or a final regulation approved
     2  by the board which the secretary determines would reduce or
     3  compromise the level of safety or protection afforded mine
     4  workers under this act if the secretary describes the basis for
     5  the disapproval.
     6     (h)  MINER Act.--With regard to the adoption of Federal
     7  standards established pursuant to the Mine Improvement and New
     8  Emergency Response Act of 2006 (Public Law 109-236, 120 Stat.
     9  493), the following shall apply:
    10         (1)  The board is specifically authorized to promulgate
    11     regulations that the board deems appropriate, including
    12     accelerated compliance schedules and additional requirements.
    13         (2)  The board shall consider promulgating regulations
    14     regarding flammability standards for conveyor belts.
    15         (3)  If MSHA fails to promulgate regulations regarding
    16     emergency shelters and chambers, the board shall promulgate
    17     regulations.
    18         (4)  Regulations shall be no less stringent than the
    19     Federal mine safety standards
    20     (i)  Action.--The board shall take action on the tests and
    21  evaluations performed by the mining industry under section
    22  334(b) and (c).
    23     (j)  Fees.--The department may set reasonable interim fees
    24  pending adoption of fee regulations under this section.
    25  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    26     The board's emergency shelter or chamber regulations shall
    27  accomplish CONSIDER all of the following:                         <--
    28         (1)  Provide a minimum of 48 hours of life support,
    29     including air, water, emergency medical supplies and food,
    30     for the maximum number of miners reasonably expected to be on
    20080S0949B1685                 - 26 -     

     1     the working section.
     2         (2)  Be capable of surviving an initial event with a peak
     3     over pressure of 15 psi for three seconds and a flash fire,
     4     as defined by National Fire Protection Association standard
     5     NFPA-2113, of 300 degrees Fahrenheit for three seconds.
     6         (3)  Be constructed in a manner that the emergency
     7     shelter or chamber will be protected under normal handling
     8     and pre-event mine conditions.
     9         (4)  Provide for rapidly establishing and maintaining an
    10     internal shelter atmosphere of oxygen above 19.5%, carbon
    11     dioxide below 0.5%.
    12         (5)  Provide for carbon monoxide below 50 ppm and an
    13     apparent-temperature of 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
    14         (6)  Provide the ability to monitor carbon monoxide and
    15     oxygen inside and outside the shelter or chamber.
    16         (7)  Provide a means for entry and exit that maintains
    17     the integrity of the internal atmosphere.
    18         (8)  Provide a means for MSHA-certified intrinsically
    19     safe power if power is required.
    20         (9)  Provide a minimum of eight quarts of water per
    21     miner.
    22         (10)  Provide a minimum of 4,000 calories of food per
    23     miner.
    24         (11)  Provide a means for disposal of human waste to the
    25     outside of the shelter or chamber.
    26         (12)  Provide a first aid kit.
    27         (13)  Have provisions for inspection of the shelter or
    28     chamber and its contents.
    29         (14)  Contain manufacturer-recommended repair materials.
    30         (15)  Provide a battery-powered, occupant-activated
    20080S0949B1685                 - 27 -     

     1     strobe light, of a model approved by the board, that is
     2     visible from the outside indicating occupancy.
     3         (16)  Provide provisions for communication to the
     4     surface.
     5         (17)  Provide proof of current approval for all items and
     6     materials subject to approval.
     7  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
     8     The department shall send a copy in writing or electronically
     9  of every proposed regulation and final regulation, at the time
    10  of publication in the Pennsylvania Bulletin, to the operator of
    11  each coal mine and the representative of the miners at the mine,
    12  and the copy shall be immediately posted on the bulletin board
    13  of the mine by the operator or his or her agent. Failure to
    14  receive the notice shall not invalidate the final regulation or
    15  relieve anyone of the obligation to comply with final
    16  regulation.
    17  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    18     The department shall use the applicable standards contained
    19  in 30 CFR Part 77 (relating to mandatory safety standards,
    20  surface coal mines and surface work areas of underground coal
    21  mines) regarding the sinking of shafts and slopes and surface
    22  facilities that are part of mines, pending promulgation of
    23  regulations by the board regarding those activities and
    24  facilities.
    25  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    26     The department shall consider the safety of miners in
    27  reviewing and acting on applications for permits issued to and
    28  for mines and shall include conditions addressing safety in
    29  issuing the permits. If the department determines that any
    30  aspect of the contemplated activity at an existing or proposed
    20080S0949B1685                 - 28 -     

     1  mine might constitute a threat to the health and safety of
     2  miners or persons in and about mines, the department shall
     3  require the applicant or operator to eliminate the threat. If
     4  the applicant or operator does not eliminate the threat to the
     5  department's satisfaction, the department shall deny the
     6  application or applications or shall unilaterally modify the
     7  terms of the permit or suspend or revoke the permit.
     8  Section 108.  Inspections.
     9     The department shall make frequent inspections of mines. Each
    10  mine shall be inspected at least semiannually for electrical
    11  purposes and at least quarterly for general purposes.
    12  Inspections shall be conducted more frequently when the
    13  department determines that more frequent inspections are
    14  necessary or desirable. Inspections shall be conducted for the
    15  purposes of:
    16         (1)  Obtaining, utilizing and disseminating information
    17     relating to health and safety conditions, the causes of
    18     accidents and the causes of diseases and physical impairments
    19     originating in mines.
    20         (2)  Gathering information with respect to health or
    21     safety standards established or regulations promulgated under
    22     this act.
    23         (3)  Determining whether a danger exists.
    24         (4)  Determining whether the mine is in compliance with
    25     the provisions of this act, the mine safety regulations and
    26     any citation, order, permit or decision issued by the
    27     department under this act.
    28  Section 109.  Accidents.
    29     (a)  Duties of operator.--In the event of an accident
    30  occurring at a mine, an operator shall do all of the following:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 29 -     

     1         (1)  Notify the department no later than 15 minutes of
     2     discovery of the accident.
     3         (2)  Take appropriate measures to prevent the destruction
     4     of evidence which would assist in investigating the cause of
     5     the accident. Unless granted permission by the department, no
     6     operator may alter an accident site or an accident-related
     7     area until completion of all investigations pertaining to the
     8     accident, except to rescue any individual and prevent
     9     destruction of mine equipment.
    10         (3)  Obtain the approval of the department for any plan
    11     to recover any person in the mine, to recover the coal mine
    12     or to return the affected areas of the mine to normal
    13     operations.
    14         (4)  Conduct its own investigation of the accident and
    15     develop a written report of the investigation. The report
    16     shall include all of the following:
    17             (i)  The date and hour of the accident.
    18             (ii)  The date the investigation began.
    19             (iii)  The names of the individuals participating in
    20         the investigation.
    21             (iv)  A description of the accident site.
    22             (v)  An explanation of the accident or injury,
    23         including a description of any equipment involved and
    24         relevant events before and after the accident.
    25             (vi)  An explanation of the cause of the accident.
    26             (vii)  An explanation of the cause of any injury
    27         sustained due to the accident.
    28             (viii)  The name, occupation and experience of any
    29         miner involved in the accident.
    30             (ix)  A sketch depicting the accident, including
    20080S0949B1685                 - 30 -     

     1         dimensions where pertinent.
     2             (x)  A description of steps taken to prevent a
     3         similar accident in the future.
     4     (b)  Duties of department.--In the event of an accident
     5  occurring at a mine, the department shall do all of the
     6  following:
     7         (1)  Take whatever action it deems appropriate, including
     8     the issuance of orders, to protect the life, health or safety
     9     of any person, including coordinating and assisting rescue
    10     and recovery activities in the mine.
    11         (2)  Promptly decide whether to conduct an investigation
    12     of the accident and inform the operator and the miners'
    13     representative of its decision.
    14     (c)  Report.--Each operator shall report to the department
    15  each accident and lost-time injury.
    16         (1)  The operator shall report within ten working days of
    17     the accident or lost-time injury. An operator may meet the
    18     requirements of this paragraph by submitting a copy of the
    19     MSHA Mine Accident, Injury and Illness Report Form 7000-1
    20     required by 30 CFR § 50.20 (relating to preparation and
    21     submission of MSHA Report Form 7000-1--Mine Accident, Injury,
    22     and Illness Report) in use on the date of the accident.
    23         (2)  Each accident and lost-time injury shall be reported
    24     on a separate form. If more than one miner is injured in the
    25     same accident, the operator shall submit a separate form for
    26     each miner affected.
    27  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
    28     (a)  Administration.--After evaluating the examinations, the
    29  department shall issue certificates to those candidates who have
    30  met the established criteria for each certification category.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 31 -     

     1     (b)  Committee.--
     2         (1)  The department shall appoint a committee to annually
     3     review and update the department's database of examination
     4     questions and answers. The committee shall be made up of an
     5     equal number of persons representing the viewpoints of the
     6     department, operators and miners.
     7         (2)  Members of the committee shall be compensated in the
     8     same manner as members of the board under section 106(h). An
     9     individual committee member may waive his or her right to all
    10     or part of the compensation under this paragraph.
    11         (3)  Members of the committee shall, after the committee
    12     has been duly organized, take and subscribe the following
    13     oath before an officer authorized to administer oaths:
    14         We, the undersigned, do solemnly swear that we will
    15         perform the duties of members of this committee, and we
    16         will not divulge or make known to any person any question
    17         prepared for the mine officials, or in any manner assist
    18         any applicant to pass the examination.
    19     (c)  Confidential records.--Records pertaining to
    20  certification examinations shall not constitute a public record
    21  under the act of June 21, 1957 (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as
    22  the Right-to-Know Law.
    23  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
    24     Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the distinction
    25  between gassy and nongassy mines is eliminated, and all
    26  underground bituminous mines shall comply with the requirements
    27  for gassy mines.
    28  Section 112.  Reports.
    29     (a)  Questionnaire.--The operator of an underground mine
    30  shall submit to the department a completed or revised deep mine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 32 -     

     1  questionnaire in the following instances:
     2         (1)  Prior to the commencement of any work for the
     3     purpose of opening of a new underground mine or reopening an
     4     underground mine that has closed.
     5         (2)  Upon change of the information reflected on the most
     6     recently submitted operator's questionnaire.
     7     (a.1)  Notice.--Upon discontinuance of the operation of an
     8  underground mine, the operator shall immediately notify the
     9  department.
    10     (b)  Quarterly reports.--
    11         (1)  Each operator of an active mine shall submit
    12     quarterly reports within 15 days after the end of each
    13     quarter. The report shall contain information reflecting the
    14     activities of the previous quarter and shall include all of
    15     the following:
    16             (i)  The name and address of the mine.
    17             (ii)  Identification of the mine superintendent and
    18         mine foreman.
    19             (iii)  The employment, employee hours and coal
    20         production statistics for the mine.
    21             (iv)  A detailed description of the reportable
    22         injuries or accidents that occurred at the mine.
    23         (2)  An operator may meet the requirements of paragraph
    24     (1) by submitting a copy of the MSHA Quarterly Employment and
    25     Coal Production Report in use on the date of the quarterly
    26     report.
    27     (c)  Corrections.--By February 15 of each year, an operator
    28  must submit any corrections to the quarterly reports submitted
    29  during the prior year and must certify the accuracy of the
    30  corrected quarterly reports.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 33 -     

     1     (d)  Additional duties.--In addition to any records required
     2  under this act, a mine operator shall establish and maintain
     3  records, make reports and provide information as the department
     4  may require from time to time. The department is authorized to
     5  compile, analyze and publish, either in summary or detail form,
     6  the reports or information obtained. All records, information,
     7  reports, findings, notices, orders or decisions required or
     8  issued pursuant to or under this act may be published from time
     9  to time, may be released to any interested person and shall
    10  constitute a public record under the act of June 21, 1957
    11  (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as the Right-to-Know Law.
    12     (e)  Copies.--An operator of a mine shall maintain a copy of
    13  the reports required by this section at the mine office closest
    14  to the mine for a period of not less than five years after
    15  submission of the reports.
    16  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
    17     (a)  Establishment.--The department is authorized to
    18  establish and administer a mine rescue program for mines not
    19  able to provide a mine rescue crew for themselves. The
    20  department shall establish a program to do the following:
    21         (1)  Instruct mine employees how to care for persons
    22     injured in and about the mines.
    23         (2)  Train mine employees who may voluntarily seek
    24     training in the use of self-contained breathing apparatus,
    25     gas masks, first aid to the injured and other things or
    26     practices essential to the safe and efficient conduct of the
    27     work of first aid and mine rescue.
    28     (b)  Equipment.--The department shall purchase and maintain
    29  adequate quantities of emergency response vehicles, specialized
    30  equipment, supplies and services necessary to assure rapid and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 34 -     

     1  effective response to mine emergencies, including mine fires,
     2  mine explosions, mine inundations, entrapments and mine recovery
     3  operations.
     4     (c)  Contracts.--In the event of an emergency response, the
     5  department may use the emergency contracting provisions of 62
     6  Pa.C.S. § 516 (relating to emergency procurement) to lease
     7  additional services or equipment as is needed to respond to a
     8  mine emergency. The department, with the consent of the
     9  Governor, may use funds available to the Commonwealth for the
    10  purpose of responding to a mine emergency.
    11  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
    12     The department shall coordinate and assist in all responses
    13  to a mine emergency conducted in this Commonwealth. The extent
    14  of coordination and assistance shall depend on the nature of the
    15  mine emergency and the operator's ability to respond to the mine
    16  emergency. This authority shall include directing responses to
    17  mine emergencies and assigning mine rescue crews and mine rescue
    18  and recovery work to mine inspectors or other qualified
    19  employees of the department.
    20  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
    21     The department is authorized to seek from an operator
    22  reimbursement of funds expended by the department to rent
    23  equipment and obtain services in responding to a mine emergency.
    24  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
    25     There is created a special fund known as the Mine Safety
    26  Fund. All funds received by the department from fees, including
    27  those from fines and certificates of qualification, all civil
    28  penalties collected under this act and all funds recovered from
    29  operators for expenses incurred in responding to a mine
    30  emergency shall be deposited by the State Treasurer into the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 35 -     

     1  Mine Safety Fund and shall be used by the department for mine
     2  safety activities.
     3  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
     4     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
     5  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
     6  employment as a bituminous mine inspector, a person must, at a
     7  minimum, meet the following qualifications:
     8         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
     9         (2)  Be a person of good moral character and known
    10     temperate habits.
    11         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
    12     coal mine.
    13         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
    14         (5)  Be at least 31 30 years of age.                       <--
    15         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
    16     underground bituminous coal mine.
    17         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
    18     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner.
    19         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
    20     inspector's examination as conducted by the State Civil
    21     Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service Act.
    22  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    23     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
    24  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
    25  employment as a bituminous mine electrical inspector, a person
    26  must meet at least the following qualifications:
    27         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
    28         (2)  Be a person of good moral character and known
    29     temperate habits.
    30         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
    20080S0949B1685                 - 36 -     

     1     coal mine.
     2         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
     3         (5)  Be at least 30 years of age.
     4         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
     5     underground bituminous coal mine.
     6         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
     7     mine electrician.
     8         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
     9     electrical inspector's examination as conducted by the State
    10     Civil Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service
    11     Act.
    12  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
    13     (a)  Authorization.--The department is authorized and
    14  directed to obtain and copy all maps of mining conducted in this
    15  Commonwealth.
    16     (b)  Inspection and copying.--Any person who has possession
    17  of a mine map shall make the map available to the department for
    18  inspection and copying. The map shall be returned to its owner
    19  within 30 days.
    20     (c)  Liability.--No person shall, solely on the basis of
    21  supplying a mine map to the department, be attributed or
    22  divested of liability.
    23  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    24     The department shall develop and maintain a repository of all
    25  mine maps it has obtained or has had an opportunity to copy. The
    26  department shall organize and catalog the mine maps in the
    27  repository to enable the department, other government agencies,
    28  mine operators and the general public to review the mine maps
    29  and to determine the location of mine workings. All mine maps
    30  and copies of mine maps held by the department shall be open for
    20080S0949B1685                 - 37 -     

     1  public inspection and made available for review upon request
     2  during the department's normal business hours.
     3  Section 121.  Applicability.
     4     The provisions of Chapters 2 and 3 shall not apply to the
     5  construction of shafts and slopes.
     6                             CHAPTER 2
     7       GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND BITUMINOUS MINES
     8  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
     9     The following are general safety requirements:
    10         (1)  All work must be performed in a safe manner.
    11         (2)  All equipment must be maintained in safe operating
    12     condition.
    13         (3)  No person shall be employed as a mine foreman,
    14     assistant mine foreman, mine examiner, mine electrician,
    15     mining machine operator, shot-firer or miner unless that
    16     person holds a current, valid certification from the
    17     department to work in that capacity. A person who holds a
    18     current, valid certification to be a mine foreman may also
    19     work as an assistant mine foreman or mine examiner. Only a
    20     mine official shall direct the work force in matters
    21     involving the safety of employees. A person who holds a
    22     current, valid certification as an assistant mine foreman may
    23     also work as a mine examiner.
    24         (4)  It shall be the duty of the operator and all mine
    25     officials to comply with and see that others comply with the
    26     provisions of this act, the regulations promulgated pursuant
    27     to this act, all orders and approvals and the safety
    28     conditions in permits issued to the mine. It shall also be
    29     the duty of the operator and all mine officials to cooperate
    30     with the department in implementing the provisions of this
    20080S0949B1685                 - 38 -     

     1     act and effectuating the purposes of this act.
     2         (5)  The operator and all mine officials shall comply
     3     with and follow all mining plans, approvals and orders issued
     4     by the department, rules and regulations of the operator, all
     5     provisions of law that are in harmony with this act and all
     6     other applicable laws. The operator is responsible for
     7     assuring that all activities in and around the mine,
     8     including those conducted by contractors, are conducted in
     9     compliance with this act, regulations promulgated under this
    10     act, approvals and orders issued by the department and any
    11     safety conditions included in permits.
    12         (6)  During coal production, an assistant mine foreman
    13     shall be assigned to only one working section. The assistant
    14     mine foreman shall supervise persons engaged in the coal-
    15     cutting operation. The assistant mine foreman may perform
    16     additional duties provided that he spends a majority of his
    17     time supervising persons engaged in the coal-cutting
    18     operation.
    19         (7)  Every superintendent, mine foreman, assistant mine
    20     foreman, mine electrician and mine examiner shall represent
    21     the Commonwealth in the mine in which he or she is employed
    22     and shall be deemed an officer of the Commonwealth in
    23     enforcing the provisions of this act and performing his or
    24     her duties under this act. He or she shall perform these
    25     duties during such times as the mine is in operation and at
    26     such other times as the department deems to be necessary or
    27     appropriate to make the mine safe and to protect the health
    28     and safety of those who work in and around the mine.
    29  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
    30     (a)  General requirements.--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 39 -     

     1         (1)  Except as set forth under paragraph (2), in order to
     2     be eligible to sit for a certification examination, the
     3     following shall apply:
     4             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
     5         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
     6         coal mine:
     7                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, five
     8             years.
     9                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, four years.
    10                 (C)  Mine examiner, three years.
    11             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
    12         (i), a minimum of two years' experience must have been in
    13         a working section.
    14         (2)  If an applicant holds a bachelor's degree in mining
    15     engineering or an associate degree in mining technology from
    16     a recognized institution of higher education in the case of a
    17     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or a
    18     bachelor's degree in electrical engineering or an associate
    19     degree in electrical technology from a recognized institution
    20     of higher learning in the case of a mine electrician, in
    21     order to be eligible to sit for a certification examination,
    22     the following shall apply:
    23             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
    24         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
    25         coal mine:
    26                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, four
    27             years.
    28                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, three years.
    29                 (C)  Mine examiner, two years.
    30             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
    20080S0949B1685                 - 40 -     

     1         (i), a minimum of one year's experience must have been in
     2         a working section.
     3     (b)  Additional requirements.--The following additional
     4  requirements shall apply:
     5         (1)  All applicants shall be able to read and write the
     6     English language intelligently, and shall furnish the
     7     department with certificates as to their character and
     8     temperate habits, and a notarized statement from previous
     9     employers setting forth the length of service and type of
    10     work performed in the different mines.
    11         (2)  Certificates of qualification as mine foremen shall
    12     be granted to persons who have given to the department
    13     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
    14     of mine foreman and who have received training by persons
    15     approved by the department in determining the presence of
    16     explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of
    17     all gas detection devices, and who have received an average
    18     of at least 80% in the examination.
    19         (3)  Certificates of qualification as assistant mine
    20     foremen shall be granted to persons who have given to the
    21     department satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform
    22     the duties of assistant mine foreman and who have received
    23     training by persons approved by the department in determining
    24     the presence of explosive and noxious gases, and in the use
    25     and mechanics of all gas detection devices, and who have
    26     received an average of at least 70% in the examination.
    27         (4)  Certificates of qualification as mine examiners
    28     shall be granted to persons who have given to the department
    29     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
    30     of mine examiners and who have received training by persons
    20080S0949B1685                 - 41 -     

     1     approved by the department in determining the presence of
     2     explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of
     3     all gas detection devices, and who have received an average
     4     of at least 75% in the mine examiners examination.
     5         (5)  Certificates of qualification as mine electrician
     6     shall be granted to persons who have given to the department
     7     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
     8     of mine electrician and received training by persons approved
     9     by the department in determining the presence of explosive
    10     and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of all gas
    11     detection devices, and who have received an average of 75% in
    12     the mine electrician's examination.
    13         (6)  Certificates of qualification or service granted
    14     prior to the effective date of this act shall have equal
    15     value with certificates of qualification granted under this
    16     act.
    17         (7)  All applicants who have satisfactorily passed
    18     examinations, after being certified but before assuming their
    19     duties as mine foremen, mine electricians, assistant mine
    20     foremen or mine examiners, shall accompany a certified mine
    21     foreman or certified assistant mine foreman for not less than
    22     two weeks for training purposes in accordance with a training
    23     program submitted by the operator and approved by the
    24     department. Any applicant who has been granted a prior mine
    25     official certificate need not undergo this training. The
    26     record of such training shall be maintained at the mine.
    27  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant mine
    28                 foreman.
    29     The mine foreman may appoint a mine examiner who is willing
    30  to act as assistant mine foreman for not more than one month if
    20080S0949B1685                 - 42 -     

     1  all of the following apply:
     2         (1)  There is an emergency. As used in this paragraph,
     3     the term "emergency" means a condition which could not have
     4     been foreseen and requires immediate action.
     5         (2)  There is no assistant mine foreman available in the
     6     mine who is willing to act as assistant mine foreman.
     7         (3)  A mine foreman may act as an assistant mine foreman,
     8     a mine examiner or a miner. An assistant mine foreman may act
     9     as a mine examiner or a miner. A mine examiner may act as a
    10     miner.
    11         (4)  Foreman trainees, where used, shall not direct the
    12     work force in matters involving directly or indirectly the
    13     safety of employees nor make tests or examinations required
    14     to be made by mine officials.
    15  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
    16     No person shall be employed or engaged as a miner in any
    17  bituminous coal mine in this Commonwealth without first having
    18  obtained a certificate of competency and qualification, except
    19  that any miner holding such certificate may have a maximum of
    20  two persons working for him and under his direction as
    21  noncertified miners for the purpose of learning the business of
    22  mining, and such noncertified miner or noncertified miners shall
    23  be permitted to work under the direction of such miner without a
    24  certificate. The miner shall provide adequate oversight to keep
    25  the uncertified individual out of harm's way.
    26  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
    27     The following shall apply:
    28         (1)  Miners shall be examined and granted certificates
    29     under regulations of the department.
    30         (2)  No person shall be qualified to take the examination
    20080S0949B1685                 - 43 -     

     1     unless the person produces evidence of having had not less
     2     than one year's experience in bituminous coal mines.
     3         (3)  All persons possessing certificates of qualification
     4     issued by the Commonwealth entitling them to act as mine
     5     foremen, assistant mine foremen, mine examiners or mine
     6     electricians shall be eligible to engage at any time as
     7     miners in bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth.
     8  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
     9     The form and manner of issuing miners' certificates shall be
    10  designated by the department. Certificates granted shall entitle
    11  the certificate holder to be employed as and do the work of a
    12  miner in the bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth. A
    13  certificate granted shall not be transferable and a transfer
    14  shall be deemed a violation of this act.
    15  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators and
    16                 shot-firers.
    17     (a)  General rule.--It shall be unlawful to employ as a
    18  mining machine operator or shot-firer in any bituminous coal
    19  mine any person who has not given evidence to the department as
    20  to his fitness and competency to handle and use an approved gas
    21  detection device and his ability to determine the presence or
    22  absence of explosive gas and other dangerous conditions. The
    23  manner of determining fitness and competency shall be prescribed
    24  by the department. The department shall issue a certificate to
    25  those found competent, on a form prescribed by the department.
    26  The cost of the examination and certification shall be borne by
    27  the candidates.
    28     (b)  Eligibility.--An individual possessing a certificate of
    29  qualification issued by the Commonwealth entitling the
    30  individual to act as a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman,
    20080S0949B1685                 - 44 -     

     1  mine examiner or mine electrician is eligible to engage as a
     2  mining machine operator in a bituminous coal mine.
     3  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
     4     In order to secure efficient management and proper
     5  ventilation of mines, to promote the health and safety of the
     6  persons employed in mines and to protect and preserve the
     7  property connected with mines, the operator or superintendent
     8  shall employ a competent and practical mine foreman for every
     9  mine, who shall be under the supervision and control of the
    10  operator or superintendent. The operator or superintendent of a
    11  mine shall be held as fully responsible as the individual
    12  appointed to act as mine foreman. The mine foreman shall have
    13  full charge of all the inside workings and the persons employed
    14  in the mine, subject, however, to the supervision and control of
    15  the operator or superintendent, in order that all the provisions
    16  of this act so far as they relate to his duties shall be
    17  complied with, and the regulations prescribed for each class of
    18  workmen under his charge are carried out in the strictest manner
    19  possible.
    20  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    21     Each mine shall employ a certified mine electrician, who
    22  shall have full charge of the electrical apparatus at the mine,
    23  but shall be subject to the authority of the mine foreman. It
    24  shall be the duty of the mine electrician to assist the mine
    25  foreman in carrying out all the provisions of the bituminous
    26  mining laws bearing on the use and installation of electricity
    27  inside bituminous coal mines and the equipment powered thereby,
    28  and the mine electrician shall be subject to the same penalties
    29  as the mine foreman for any violation of these laws.
    30  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 45 -     

     1     When mine workings become so extensive that the mine foreman
     2  is unable personally to carry out the requirements of this act
     3  pertaining to duties, the mine foreman shall have the right to
     4  employ a sufficient number of competent persons to act as his
     5  assistants, who shall be under his instruction and the
     6  operator's or the superintendent's instruction in carrying out
     7  the provisions of this act. In each mine the mine foreman's
     8  assistants must possess assistant mine foreman certificates. In
     9  case of the necessary temporary absence of the mine foreman, the
    10  mine foreman may deputize his responsibilities, for the time
    11  being, to an assistant mine foreman, who shall perform all the
    12  duties of the mine foreman. Any mine foreman, assistant mine
    13  foreman, mine examiner or mine electrician may supervise and
    14  direct the work of a maximum of two noncertified miners, and
    15  shall instruct the persons how safely and properly to perform
    16  their work.
    17  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    18     The following shall apply:
    19         (1)  A mine foreman shall devote the whole of his time to
    20     his duties in the mine when the mine is in operation, shall
    21     keep careful watch over the ventilating apparatus, the
    22     ventilation, airways and travelways and shall see that all
    23     stoppings along airways are properly built.
    24         (2)  A mine foreman shall ensure that proper cut-throughs
    25     are made in the pillars of all rooms and entries, and that
    26     they are closed when necessary or when required by the
    27     department, so that the ventilating current can be conducted
    28     in sufficient quantity through the last cut-through to the
    29     face of each room and entry. A mine foreman shall not permit
    30     any room or entry to be turned in advance of the ventilating
    20080S0949B1685                 - 46 -     

     1     current or in advance of the last cut-through in the entry.
     2         (3)  A mine foreman or an assistant mine foreman shall
     3     measure the air current at or near the main inlet and outlet
     4     airway at least once each week, and also in the last cut-
     5     through in the last room and in the entry beyond the last
     6     room turned in each entry. A record shall be made of daily
     7     measurements in the assistant mine foreman's daily report
     8     book. The measurements shall be taken on days when
     9     individuals are at work, and for making the measurements an
    10     anemometer shall be provided and kept in good condition by
    11     the superintendent of the mine.
    12         (4)  The following pertain to fan stoppage:
    13             (i)  If a main mine fan stops and the ventilating
    14         quantity provided by the fan is not maintained by a
    15         backup fan system, the following actions shall be taken:
    16                 (A)  The power inby the loading point shall be
    17             immediately disconnected and all men shall be
    18             withdrawn from the face areas of the mine to a point
    19             outby the loading point on the main travelway with
    20             established communications.
    21                 (B)  As soon as it is known that the ventilation
    22             has been interrupted, all permissible battery-powered
    23             equipment shall be removed from the immediate face
    24             area and moved to a safe location outby the last open
    25             crosscut. All other battery-powered mobile equipment,
    26             except transportation equipment necessary for
    27             evacuation if located in a safe area, shall not be
    28             used after a ventilation interruption occurs. If
    29             possible, battery terminal leads shall be
    30             disconnected. If leads are not disconnected, all
    20080S0949B1685                 - 47 -     

     1             switches shall be turned off.
     2                 (C)  If the interruption is less than 15 minutes,
     3             the working places, adjacent places and all other
     4             active working areas where methane may accumulate
     5             will be examined by a certified mine foreman,
     6             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner to determine
     7             if methane in the amount of 1.0 volume percent or
     8             more exists before power is restored and the men are
     9             permitted to resume mining operations.
    10             (ii)  If the ventilation is not restored within 15
    11         minutes, the following precautions shall be taken:
    12                 (A)  The power to all underground areas shall be
    13             disconnected.
    14                 (B)  All persons shall be withdrawn from the mine
    15             on foot under proper supervision.
    16                 (C)  If ventilation is restored before the
    17             evacuation is completed, the certified mine foreman,
    18             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may start the
    19             reexamination of the mine, but all other persons must
    20             continue to evacuate.
    21                 (D)  In order to provide for worker safety, power
    22             for communications may be left on.
    23             (iii)  As an alternative to evacuating the men on
    24         foot, a mine operator may propose to utilize mechanical
    25         equipment during the evacuation. To justify this proposal
    26         the operator must perform a survey that shows explosive
    27         gas will not migrate to or accumulate in the designated
    28         haulageways that will be used to evacuate the mine. The
    29         duration of the survey shall be at least twice the travel
    30         time from the farthest face to the surface. The operator
    20080S0949B1685                 - 48 -     

     1         shall provide the representative of the miners, if
     2         applicable, an opportunity to participate in the survey.
     3         The department will approve the survey criteria. Trolley
     4         equipment will not be used during a fan stoppage. If the
     5         survey provides affirmative results, which shall be
     6         provided to the department, the department shall approve
     7         a plan that provides:
     8                 (A)  That permissible transportation equipment
     9             shall be used if available.
    10                 (B)  That evacuations shall begin within 15
    11             minutes after a ventilation interruption and shall
    12             proceed in an orderly and expedient manner.
    13                 (C)  That the minimum number of vehicles will be
    14             used for the evacuation.
    15                 (D)  That, during transportation, a certified
    16             person qualified to perform methane examinations
    17             riding in each vehicle shall continuously monitor for
    18             methane using a handheld detector and at specific
    19             locations designated by the operator based on the
    20             survey results. The speed of the vehicles shall not
    21             be so fast as to negate the detector's ability to
    22             accurately measure methane levels.
    23                 (E)  That, if at any time during the evacuation
    24             methane is detected in an amount of .25% or more, the
    25             transportation vehicles will be deenergized and the
    26             evacuation completed on foot.
    27                 (F)  That the operator, the department and the
    28             representative of the miners, if applicable, shall
    29             review the plan annually or more frequently if
    30             conditions warrant.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 49 -     

     1             (iv)  If ventilation is restored to normal water
     2         gauge before the evacuation is completed, a certified
     3         mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may
     4         start the reexamination of the mine, but all persons must
     5         continue to evacuate.
     6             (v)  The reexamination shall be made of the mine in
     7         the same manner as a preshift examination for a coal-
     8         producing shift before any power underground is
     9         energized, including battery-powered or diesel-powered
    10         equipment, or before persons are permitted to enter the
    11         mine. The examination shall be made on foot, except an
    12         operator may use permissible transportation equipment on
    13         intake travelways only for reexamination after a fan
    14         stoppage if the examination is started within the time
    15         period established by the survey. The examination shall
    16         be recorded in the official mine record books used for
    17         examinations under section 218.
    18         (5)  The mine foreman shall notify the superintendent in
    19     writing whenever in his opinion the mine is becoming
    20     dangerous through the lack of ample ventilation at the face
    21     of entries, rooms and other portions of the mine, caused by
    22     the undue length of entries and airways or from any other
    23     cause, resulting in the accumulation of gas or coal dust, or
    24     both, in various portions of the mine. The superintendent
    25     shall thoroughly investigate the mine foreman's report and,
    26     if substantiated, order necessary work done to put the
    27     affected area in safe operating condition. It shall be the
    28     duty of the superintendent to immediately notify the
    29     department of the condition.
    30         (6)  The mine foreman shall see that every mine releasing
    20080S0949B1685                 - 50 -     

     1     explosive gas is kept free of standing methane, but any
     2     accumulation of explosive or noxious gases in the worked-out
     3     or abandoned portions of any mine shall be removed as soon as
     4     possible after its discovery, if it is practicable to remove
     5     it. No person endangered by the presence of explosive or
     6     noxious gases shall be allowed in that portion of the mine
     7     until the gases have been removed. The mine foreman shall
     8     direct and see that all dangerous places and the entrance or
     9     entrances to worked-out and abandoned places in all mines are
    10     properly fenced off across the openings so that no person can
    11     enter, and that danger signals are posted upon said fencing
    12     to warn persons of the existing danger.
    13         (7)  When operations are temporarily suspended in a mine,
    14     the mine foreman shall see that danger signals are placed
    15     across the mine entrance, which signals shall be sufficient
    16     warning for unauthorized persons not to enter the mine. If
    17     the circulation of air through the mine be stopped, each
    18     entrance to the mine shall be fenced off in such a manner as
    19     will ordinarily prevent persons from entering the mine, and a
    20     danger signal shall be displayed upon the fence at each
    21     entrance and maintained in good condition. The mine foreman
    22     shall see that all danger signals used in the mine are in
    23     good condition and if any become defective, he shall notify
    24     the superintendent.
    25  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working place
    26                 safety.
    27     The following shall apply:
    28         (1)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
    29     direct and see that every working place is properly secured
    30     and shall see that no person is directed or permitted to work
    20080S0949B1685                 - 51 -     

     1     in an unsafe place, unless it be for the purpose of making it
     2     safe. The mine foreman shall see that workmen are provided
     3     with sufficient roof support materials delivered to their
     4     working place or places. When timbers are used for roof
     5     support, they shall be cut square on both ends and as near as
     6     practicable to proper length.
     7         (2)  Every workman in need of roof support materials
     8     shall notify the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman
     9     of the fact at least one day in advance, stating the roof
    10     support materials are required. In case of emergency, roof
    11     support materials may be ordered immediately upon the
    12     discovery of danger. If for any reason the necessary roof
    13     support materials cannot be supplied when required, the mine
    14     foreman or assistant mine foreman shall instruct the workmen
    15     to vacate the place until the material needed is supplied.
    16         (3)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
    17     direct and see that, as the miners advance in their
    18     excavation, all dangerous and doubtful pieces of coal, slate
    19     and rock are taken down or immediately carefully secured
    20     against falling on the workmen. Any workman who neglects to
    21     carry out or disobeys the instructions of the mine foreman or
    22     assistant mine foreman, in regard to securing his working
    23     place, shall be suspended or discharged by the mine foreman,
    24     and if such negligence or disobedience results in serious
    25     injury or loss of life to any person, the mine foreman shall
    26     report the name of that workman to the department for
    27     prosecution under the requirements of this act.
    28         (4)  The mine foreman shall give prompt attention to the
    29     removal of all dangers reported to him by his assistants, the
    30     mine examiner or any other person working in the mine, and in
    20080S0949B1685                 - 52 -     

     1     case it is impracticable to immediately remove the danger, he
     2     shall notify every person whose safety is threatened to
     3     remain away from the area of the mine where the dangerous
     4     conditions exist.
     5         (5)  The mine foreman, his assistant or the mine examiner
     6     shall, once each week, travel and examine all the air
     7     courses, roads and openings that give access to old workings
     8     or falls and make a record in ink of the condition of all
     9     places in the book provided for that purpose.
    10         (6)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman to see that
    11     approved gas detection devices are used when and where
    12     required by this act. No approved gas detection device shall
    13     be entrusted to any person for use in a mine until the person
    14     has given satisfactory evidence to the mine foreman that he
    15     understands the proper use of the device and the danger of
    16     tampering with the device. The transportation of tools into
    17     and out of the mine shall be under the direction of the mine
    18     foreman or an assistant mine foreman.
    19         (7)  Instructions shall be given by the mine foreman,
    20     assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or other authorized
    21     person, as to when, where and how roof supports shall be
    22     placed in order to avoid accidents from falls and to mine
    23     coal with safety to themselves and others. In addition, the
    24     mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall give special
    25     care and attention to drawing pillars, particularly when
    26     falls are thereby being made.
    27  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
    28     The following shall apply:
    29         (1)  The mine foreman shall direct that the coal is
    30     properly mined before it is blasted, shot or broken. For
    20080S0949B1685                 - 53 -     

     1     purposes of this paragraph, the term "properly mined" shall
     2     mean that the coal shall be undercut, centercut, overcut or
     3     sheared by pick or machine, and in any case the cutting shall
     4     be as deep as the holes are laid.
     5         (2)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman, under
     6     instructions from the mine foreman, shall direct that the
     7     holes for blasting shall be properly placed and shall
     8     designate the angle and depth of holes, which shall not be
     9     deeper than the undercutting, centercutting, overcutting or
    10     shearing, the maximum quantity of explosives required for
    11     each hole and the method of charging and tamping.
    12         (3)  The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of
    13     competent and legally certified persons to act as shot-
    14     firers.
    15  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
    16     The following shall apply:
    17         (1)  The mine foreman shall see that the work areas are
    18     kept as free from water as practicable during working hours.
    19     Except for individuals necessary to correct the condition,
    20     individuals shall not enter an area with such accumulations.
    21         (2)  A test drilling plan which provides for the safety
    22     of all individuals must be submitted by the operator to the
    23     department for approval. The department may increase the
    24     setback distances under this paragraph. Whenever any working
    25     place in a mine approaches within 50 feet of abandoned
    26     workings, as shown by surveys certified by a registered
    27     engineer or surveyor, or within 500 feet of any other
    28     abandoned workings of such mine, which cannot be inspected
    29     and which may contain dangerous accumulations of water or
    30     gas, or within 500 feet of any workings of an adjacent mine.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 54 -     

     1         (3)  No mining may occur within the setback distances
     2     under paragraph (2) unless the department approves the test
     3     drilling plan and gives permission to proceed.
     4         (4)  No water or gas from any portion of an abandoned
     5     mine, or from any idle portion of an active mine, and no
     6     borehole from the surface shall be tapped except under the
     7     immediate instruction and direction of the mine foreman with
     8     the use of approved gas detection equipment. It shall be
     9     unlawful to work or employ individuals to work in any portion
    10     of a bituminous coal mine in which a body of water is dammed
    11     or held back at a higher elevation in the same mine by
    12     natural or artificial means, unless approval is given in
    13     writing by the department.
    14         (5)  The department shall not accept from an operator a
    15     six-month mine subsidence map as required by the act of April
    16     27, 1966 (1st Sp.Sess. P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous
    17     Mine Subsidence and Land Conservation Act, unless the map
    18     includes the information required by paragraphs (2), (3) and
    19     (4).
    20  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
    21                 competent persons.
    22     A noncertified person may not be employed to operate
    23  equipment in a mine until the individual has completed a
    24  training program approved by the department and has given the
    25  mine foreman satisfactory proof that the individual can do the
    26  assigned work without endangering anyone.
    27  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
    28                 and reports.
    29     The following shall apply:
    30         (1)  In all mines, the mine foreman shall employ a
    20080S0949B1685                 - 55 -     

     1     sufficient number of assistants to ensure a visit to each
     2     employee during each shift, except mine officials and miners
     3     whose normal duties require travel throughout the mine,
     4     either by himself or his assistants.
     5         (2)  The mine foreman shall each day enter plainly and
     6     sign in ink a report of the condition of the mine in a book
     7     provided for that purpose. The report shall clearly state any
     8     danger that may have come under his observation during the
     9     day or any danger reported by the assistant mine foreman or
    10     the mine examiners. The report shall also state whether or
    11     not a proper supply of material is on hand for the safe
    12     working of the mine, and whether or not the requirements of
    13     law are complied with. The mine foreman shall also, once each
    14     week, enter plainly in ink in the book a true report of all
    15     weekly air measurements required by this act, designating the
    16     place, the area of each cut-through and entry separately, the
    17     velocity of the air in each cut-through and entry, the
    18     quantity of the air in each cut-through and entry and the
    19     number employed in each separate split of air, with the date
    20     when measurements were taken. The book shall at all times be
    21     kept in the mine office, for examination by the department,
    22     any person working in the mine or authorized representatives
    23     of the employees of the mine, in the presence of the
    24     superintendent or the mine foreman. The mine foreman shall
    25     also each day read carefully and countersign in ink all
    26     reports entered in the record book of the mine examiners.
    27         (3)  When assistant mine foremen are employed, their duty
    28     shall be to assist the mine foreman in complying with the
    29     provisions of this act, and they shall be liable to the same
    30     penalties as the mine foreman for any violation of this act
    20080S0949B1685                 - 56 -     

     1     in parts or portions of the mine under their jurisdiction. At
     2     the end of each shift, each assistant mine foreman shall make
     3     a report in a book provided for that purpose, giving the
     4     general condition as to safety of the working places visited,
     5     and shall make a note of any unusual occurrence observed
     6     during the shift. The mine foreman shall read carefully the
     7     daily report of each assistant mine foreman and shall sign
     8     the report in ink daily. Where more than one portal is being
     9     used for the entrance of miners into a mine, the mine foreman
    10     may designate an assistant who holds a mine foreman
    11     certificate to sign the assistant mine foreman's and mine
    12     examiner's daily report books at each portal other than the
    13     main portal.
    14         (4)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman or
    15     assistant mine foreman, or an authorized person designated by
    16     the mine foreman, to examine daily in a general way all
    17     electrical equipment and other machinery under his
    18     jurisdiction to see that it is in safe operating condition
    19     and make a report in the assistant mine foreman's daily
    20     report book. It shall be the duty of the mine electrician to
    21     make and sign a written report once each week in a record
    22     book provided for that purpose, stating the condition of
    23     electrical equipment and other machinery in the mine. The
    24     report shall be countersigned by the mine foreman.
    25  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
    26     The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of mine
    27  examiners in order that each mine can be examined in accordance
    28  with the provisions of this act. The mine foreman or the
    29  assistant mine foreman shall see that the mine examiner has left
    30  his initials and date and time in places examined or reported as
    20080S0949B1685                 - 57 -     

     1  examined.
     2  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
     3     (a)  Examination of mine.--Within three hours immediately
     4  preceding the beginning of a coal-producing shift and before any
     5  workmen in such shift, other than those who may be designated to
     6  make the examinations prescribed in this section, enter the
     7  underground areas of the mine, the mine foreman, assistant mine
     8  foreman or examiners designated by the mine foreman of the mine
     9  to do so shall make an examination, as prescribed in this
    10  section, of the areas. Each person designated to act as a mine
    11  examiner shall be directed to examine a definite underground
    12  area of such mine, and in making his examination, the mine
    13  examiner shall inspect every active working place and places
    14  immediately adjacent in the area and make tests with an approved
    15  gas detection device for accumulations of methane and oxygen-
    16  deficiency in the air. The mine examiner shall examine seals and
    17  doors to determine whether they are functioning properly;
    18  inspect and test the roof, face and rib conditions in the
    19  working places; inspect active roadways, every unfenced roadway,
    20  travelways, approaches to abandoned workings, and accessible
    21  falls in active sections for explosive gas and other hazards;
    22  and inspect to determine whether the air in each split is
    23  traveling in its proper course and in normal volume. The mine
    24  examiner shall initial and date the face of each place he
    25  examines or in a nearby location. If the mine examiner in making
    26  his examination, finds a condition which he considers to be
    27  dangerous to persons who may enter or be in such area, he shall
    28  indicate such dangerous place by posting a "danger" sign
    29  conspicuously at a point which persons entering such dangerous
    30  place would be required to pass. No person, other than Federal
    20080S0949B1685                 - 58 -     

     1  or State mine inspectors, or the mine foreman or his assistant,
     2  or persons authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
     3  foreman to enter the place for the purpose of eliminating the
     4  dangerous condition, shall enter the place while the sign is
     5  posted.
     6     (b)  Record book.--A suitable record book shall be kept at
     7  the mine office, on the surface, of every mine where mine
     8  examiners are employed, and immediately after the examination of
     9  the mine or any portion thereof by a mine examiner, whose duty
    10  it is to make the examination, he shall enter in the book, with
    11  ink, a record of the examination, and sign the same. This record
    12  shall show the time taken in making the examination, and also
    13  clearly state the nature and location of any danger that may
    14  have been discovered in any room or entry or other place in the
    15  mine, and if any danger has been discovered, the mine examiners
    16  shall immediately report the location thereof to the mine
    17  foreman. No person shall enter the mine until the mine examiners
    18  return to the mine office on the surface, or to a station
    19  located in the intake entry of the mine, where a record book as
    20  provided for in this section shall be kept in a fireproof vault
    21  and signed by the person making the examination, and report to
    22  the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman, by telephone or
    23  otherwise, and a written report made thereof by the person
    24  receiving the report, that the mine is in safe condition for
    25  individuals to enter. When a station is located in any mine, it
    26  shall be the duty of the mine examiners to sign the report
    27  entered in the record book in the mine office on the surface.
    28  The record books of the mine examiners shall at all times during
    29  working hours be accessible to the mine inspector, any person
    30  working in the mine and authorized representatives of the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 59 -     

     1  employees of the mine.
     2     (c)  Second examination.--A second examination by the same or
     3  other mine examiner shall be made during working hours of every
     4  working area PLACE where men are employed, and a report of the    <--
     5  examination shall be made in the mine examiner report book in
     6  the same manner as the first examination. No person on a
     7  noncoal-producing shift, other than a certified person
     8  designated under this subsection, shall enter any underground
     9  area in a mine, unless the area, which shall include all places
    10  on that particular split of air, has been examined as prescribed
    11  in this section within three hours immediately preceding his
    12  entrance into the area.
    13  Section 219.  Management of mine.
    14     The right to hire and discharge employees, management of the
    15  mine and the direction of the working forces are vested
    16  exclusively in the operator, and no person or persons,
    17  association or associations, organization or organizations or
    18  corporation or corporations shall interfere with or attempt to
    19  interfere with, abridge or attempt to abridge, in any manner
    20  whatsoever, such right, provided that this does not invalidate
    21  any existing or future contract.
    22  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    23     (a)  General rule.--It shall be the duty of every
    24  superintendent, on behalf and at the expense of the operator, to
    25  keep on hand at each mine at all times a sufficient quantity of
    26  all materials and supplies required to preserve the health and
    27  safety of the employees, as ordered by the mine foreman and
    28  required by this act. If, for any reason, the superintendent
    29  cannot procure the necessary materials or supplies, he shall
    30  immediately notify the mine foreman, whose duty it shall be to
    20080S0949B1685                 - 60 -     

     1  withdraw all individuals from the mine, or portion of the mine,
     2  until the materials or supplies are received.
     3     (b)  Examination.--The superintendent shall, at least once
     4  every week, read, examine and countersign all reports entered in
     5  the mine record book, and if he finds on examination that the
     6  law is being violated, the superintendent shall order the mine
     7  foreman to stop the violation and shall see that the order is
     8  complied with.
     9  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
    10                 superintendent.
    11     The following shall apply:
    12         (1)  Beginning one year after the effective date of this
    13     paragraph, no person may be appointed as a superintendent at
    14     any mine in this Commonwealth unless the person holds a
    15     current, valid mine foreman certificate. In the event that a
    16     superintendent is found by the department to be in breach of
    17     his or her responsibilities as superintendent, the department
    18     may suspend or revoke the superintendent's mine foreman
    19     certificate.
    20         (2)  No person may serve as the superintendent for more
    21     than one mine.
    22         (3)  The superintendent shall not obstruct the mine
    23     foreman or other officials in the fulfillment of any of their
    24     duties as required by this act, but shall direct, provide the
    25     means and see to it that the mine foreman and all the other
    26     employees under him comply with the law. The superintendent
    27     shall give immediate attention to any violation of the law
    28     called to his attention by the department. The superintendent
    29     shall be responsible for all the outside workings and all the
    30     persons there employed. At any mine where a superintendent is
    20080S0949B1685                 - 61 -     

     1     not employed, the duties that are prescribed for the
     2     superintendent shall devolve upon the mine foreman, in
     3     addition to his regular duties.
     4  Section 222.  Danger signals.
     5     The superintendent of every mine shall provide a sufficient
     6  number of danger signals, upon request of the mine foreman,
     7  which the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman shall
     8  distribute in the mine at places convenient for the use of the
     9  mine examiners and other officials in the fulfillment of their
    10  duties. Danger signals in all mines shall be uniform and of a
    11  design approved by the department. All danger signals shall be
    12  kept in good condition and no defective signal shall be used in
    13  any mine.
    14  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
    15     The superintendent shall keep on hand at the mine a supply of
    16  the record books required by this act and shall see that record
    17  books are delivered to the proper persons at the mine and that
    18  they are properly cared for.
    19  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    20     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of each
    21  mine shall cause to be made by a registered mining engineer or
    22  registered professional surveyor an accurate, professional
    23  quality map of the mine, on a scale of not less than 200 feet to
    24  the inch. At a minimum, the map shall show:
    25         (1)  A complete legend identifying all features
    26     represented on the map and a title block including all
    27     changes of mine ownership and the dates of those changes.
    28         (2)  An accurate delineation of the current extent of the
    29     workings of the mine and all mines or coal lands, or both,
    30     inside the permit boundary and all mines or coal lands, or
    20080S0949B1685                 - 62 -     

     1     both, within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit
     2     boundary. The delineation must show all workings of all mines
     3     above and below the mine within the permit boundary and
     4     within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit boundary.
     5         (3)  Barrier pillars for all mine workings inside the
     6     permit boundary and all mine workings adjacent to the permit
     7     boundary.
     8         (4)  Two permanent baseline points coordinated with the
     9     underground and surface traverse points, and two permanent
    10     elevation benchmarks referencing mine elevation surveys. The
    11     baseline points and elevation benchmarks shall be prepared
    12     using the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate System (NAD83
    13     Datum). In the alternative, the map shall include coordinate
    14     transformation equations converting the baseline points shown
    15     to correlate to the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate
    16     System.
    17         (5)  All openings, excavations, shafts, slopes, drifts,
    18     tunnels, entries, crosscuts, rooms, boreholes and all other
    19     excavations, including surface pits and auger holes in each
    20     seam.
    21         (6)  Areas where the pillars or longwall panels have been
    22     removed.
    23         (7)  The name or number of each butt, room and section,
    24     if available.
    25         (8)  Ventilation controls, air splits and the direction
    26     of air currents using arrows.
    27         (9)  USGS elevation at the top and bottom of each shaft,
    28     slope, drift and borehole.
    29         (10)  Bottom of coal elevations, taken at intervals not
    30     to exceed 300 feet apart, in one entry of each section and in
    20080S0949B1685                 - 63 -     

     1     one entry of each set of rooms off such sections.
     2         (11)  Bottom of coal elevations taken in the last open
     3     crosscut of all sections and each set of rooms off such
     4     section before they are abandoned.
     5         (12)  Elevation contour lines at whole number ten-foot
     6     increments, unless the seam is steeply pitching, after which
     7     it may be 25-foot intervals.
     8         (13)  The number or designation of each survey station
     9     and the date of the last survey in the entries, as they are
    10     represented on the map.
    11         (14)  The location and elevation of any body of water
    12     dammed or held back in any portion of the mine, giving the
    13     volume in gallons of the body of water.
    14         (15)  The location of streams, rivers, lakes, dams or any
    15     other bodies of water on the surface, with their surface
    16     elevations accurately and plainly marked.
    17         (16)  The location of permanent surface features such as
    18     railroad tracks, public highways, permanent buildings and oil
    19     and gas wells.
    20         (17)  All seals and bulkheads within the mine.
    21     (b)  Accuracy standards.--The following accuracy standards
    22  must be met:
    23         (1)  A minimum elevation closure of plus or minus one
    24     foot per 5,000 feet is required.
    25         (2)  Mine traverse, advanced by closed loop method of
    26     survey or other equally accurate method of traversing.
    27     Minimum angular and coordinate ties for raw data would be an
    28     angular tie of less than one minute and a coordinate time of
    29     greater than 1 to 10,000 for any given closed loop survey.
    30     (c)  Surveying standards.--The extent of surveying shown on
    20080S0949B1685                 - 64 -     

     1  the map shall be acceptable where the following minimum
     2  underground surveying standards are met:
     3         (1)  Every entry must be surveyed at intervals not to
     4     exceed 300 lineal feet. Survey station spads shall be
     5     established in each entry of all mains, sections, butts,
     6     rooms and other excavations. Survey lines may extend from
     7     adjacent entries as long as the interval between survey
     8     station spads within an entry does not exceed 300 lineal
     9     feet. Continuous survey lines must be maintained in at least
    10     one entry.
    11         (2)  Lateral take-ups, left and right, must be taken in
    12     every entry at all intersections and must denote the location
    13     of all intersections and define the corners and the location
    14     of the rib line within each entry. For any excavation greater
    15     than 20% from the planned excavation, additional lateral
    16     take-ups must be taken to define this area. All of the
    17     information must be accurately portrayed on the mine map.
    18         (3)  All workings not surveyed and taken from a working
    19     map or other unofficial record shall be shown on the map with
    20     dashed lines. The legend shall identify that these areas have
    21     not been surveyed.
    22         (4)  A survey station spad is required to be within 300
    23     feet of the deepest penetration of the final faces of each
    24     mining section, butt or room. The number or designation of
    25     the last survey station spad and the date of such survey of
    26     the entries are to be shown on the mine map. The area from
    27     this spad to the face will be considered surveyed provided
    28     that lateral and face take-ups have been completed and
    29     recorded in the field book and shown on the mine map. Field
    30     books shall be available for inspection. If lateral and face
    20080S0949B1685                 - 65 -     

     1     take-ups are not completed, the area inby the last survey
     2     station spad must be identified on the map with dashed lines.
     3     The survey station spads located in each mining section, butt
     4     or room shall be tied to a check survey station.
     5         (5)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
     6     300 feet of the deepest penetration of all mains, submains,
     7     sections and butts. Check survey stations shall be advanced
     8     to within 600 feet of the deepest penetration of all rooms.
     9         (6)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
    10     100 feet of the deepest penetration of all mining sections,
    11     butts, rooms and excavations adjacent to the permit or
    12     property boundary lines.
    13     (d)  Verification.--Prior to each area's being sealed, the
    14  operator or superintendent shall verify in writing that the map
    15  of the sealed area meets the requirements of this act. To the
    16  extent that any areas in the mine cannot be surveyed, these
    17  areas shall be indicated on the map.
    18  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    19     A true copy of the map made pursuant to section 224 shall be
    20  kept in the mine office for the use of the mine officials and
    21  mine inspector in the district, and for the inspection, in the
    22  presence of the superintendent or mine foreman, of any person
    23  working in the mine, or of authorized representatives of the
    24  employees of the mine, whenever the person or representative
    25  fears that any working place is becoming dangerous by reason of
    26  its proximity to other workings that may contain dangerous
    27  accumulations of water or noxious gases.
    28  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    29     At least once every six months, the operator or
    30  superintendent of every mine shall cause to be shown accurately
    20080S0949B1685                 - 66 -     

     1  on the original map of the mine, and on the copy of the map in
     2  the mine office, all the excavations made during the time that
     3  elapsed since the excavations were last shown.
     4  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
     5     A copy of the mine map shall be furnished every six months to
     6  the department. When more than one seam of coal is being worked
     7  in any mine, the department shall be provided with a separate
     8  copy of the original map of the complete workings of each seam
     9  as provided for under this act. The copies shall remain in the
    10  care of the department. When one mine is working a seam of coal
    11  under another mine that is working an overlying seam and the two
    12  mines are operated by different operators, the operators shall
    13  exchange with each other copies of their respective mine maps,
    14  showing such portions of their respective mines as may be
    15  directly above or below the other mine.
    16  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
    17     (a)  General rule.--If a mine is inactive for a period of 60
    18  days or more or if the operator intends to cease ventilation of
    19  the mine, the operator or the superintendent shall notify the
    20  department at once and shall, within 60 days, extend the
    21  official map to show clearly all worked-out or abandoned
    22  territory with all excavations, property and boundary lines,
    23  elevations and map features as required under this act or, if
    24  the workings are not accessible, provide a copy of the most
    25  recent map available that is clearly marked to state that the
    26  workings shown were not surveyed. The owner or operator of the
    27  mine shall also, within 45 days after its change in status, send
    28  to the department a tracing, print or digital map in a format
    29  acceptable to the department of the complete original map. The
    30  registered mining engineer or registered surveyor shall certify
    20080S0949B1685                 - 67 -     

     1  that the tracing, print or digital map is a true and correct
     2  copy of the original map of the mine and that the original map
     3  is a true, complete and correct map and survey of all the
     4  excavations made in the inactive or abandoned mine. A dated
     5  statement signed by a company or corporate officer stating that
     6  the map represents a complete and accurate representation of all
     7  underground excavations and is the final map of the mine, or
     8  stating that the map provided is not a surveyed final map due to
     9  inaccessibility of the workings, shall be included.
    10     (b)  Violation.--If the operator, superintendent or company
    11  or corporate officer fails to provide the certified final map or
    12  recklessly or intentionally submits an inaccurate certified map,
    13  the violation shall be a felony subject to prosecution under
    14  section 505. Costs incurred by the Commonwealth as a result of a
    15  violation of this subsection may be recovered as restitution.
    16  Section 229.  Survey by department.
    17     If the department has reasonable cause to believe that a map
    18  of any mine furnished under the provisions of this act is
    19  inaccurate or imperfect, the department may require the operator
    20  to make a survey and a new map of the mine.
    21  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    22     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of a mine
    23  shall provide and maintain ample means of ventilation to furnish
    24  a constant and adequate supply of pure air for the employees.
    25  The quantity and velocity of the current of air shall be
    26  sufficient to dilute so as to render harmless and carry away
    27  flammable or harmful gases.
    28     (b)  Specification.--The quantity of air reaching the last
    29  open crosscut in any pair or set of entries shall not be less
    30  than 9,000 cubic feet per minute. All active underground work
    20080S0949B1685                 - 68 -     

     1  areas in a mine shall be ventilated by a current of air
     2  containing not less than 19.5% oxygen and not more than .5%
     3  carbon dioxide and no harmful quantities of other noxious or
     4  poisonous gases.
     5     (c)  Ventilating belt entries.--A belt conveyor entry shall
     6  be isolated from the adjacent entries.
     7         (1)  The following requirements apply:
     8             (i)  The quantity of air traveling in the belt
     9         conveyor shall be kept to the minimum quantity necessary
    10         for effective ventilation by means of permanent stoppings
    11         and regulators.
    12             (ii)  The belt conveyor entry shall be provided with
    13         a separate split of intake air.
    14             (iii)  The belt conveyor entry shall provide an
    15         intake escapeway to the main air current.
    16         (2)  If an operator proposes to use entries in common
    17     with the belt conveyor entry, the operator must submit a plan
    18     to and obtain approval by the department that addresses the
    19     following criteria:
    20             (i)  The belt conveyor is cleaned and maintained to
    21         minimize float dust in the common entries.
    22             (ii)  Stoppings and regulators are arranged to reduce
    23         the quantity of air traveling in the belt and common
    24         entries to a minimum for effective ventilation of the
    25         belt and common entries and to provide an intake air
    26         split as an escapeway to the main air current.
    27             (iii)  Fire protection is installed and maintained on
    28         all belt conveyors in compliance with appropriate
    29         standards.
    30             (iv)  There is an early warning fire detection system
    20080S0949B1685                 - 69 -     

     1         and carbon monoxide (CO) or smoke sensors that meet the
     2         requirements of 30 CFR § 75.351 (relating to atmospheric
     3         monitoring systems). The spacing of the CO/smoke sensors
     4         shall not exceed 1,000 feet. The belt air velocity shall
     5         be a minimum of 50 fpm or CO/smoke sensor spacing shall
     6         be reduced to provide an adequate alarm time not to
     7         exceed 20 minutes. The CO/smoke sensors shall be set to
     8         alarm at the lowest practicable setting and be positioned
     9         in the ventilation current to provide the most effective
    10         detection.
    11             (v)  The number of common entries may not exceed
    12         three entries, including the belt entry.
    13             (vi)  Development for common entries is designed to
    14         be at a lower ventilation pressure than the main intake
    15         escapeway.
    16             (vii)  If a condition develops that causes the belt
    17         and common entries to be at a higher ventilation pressure
    18         than the main intake escapeway, efforts are undertaken to
    19         immediately correct the condition. If the condition
    20         cannot practicably be corrected, the mine operator must
    21         notify the department of the condition, the specific
    22         cause, the area affected and the steps that will be taken
    23         to maintain the pressure in the belt and common entries
    24         at the lowest attainable level.
    25             (viii)  When the belt ventilation current travels
    26         away from the working section, no ignition sources,
    27         except equipment necessary to maintain the escapeway and
    28         personnel carriers, shall be permitted in the intake
    29         escapeway unless CO/smoke sensors that meet Federal fire
    30         detection standards are installed in the intake
    20080S0949B1685                 - 70 -     

     1         escapeway. Equipment operated in the intake escapeway
     2         shall be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
     3         system, or comply with 30 CFR § 75.380(f)(4) (relating to
     4         escapeways; bituminous and lignite mines). CO detectors
     5         shall give an audible alarm over the mine communication
     6         system. The alarm shall indicate the conveyor belt flight
     7         where the alarm occurred. Both visual and audible alarm
     8         signals must automatically be provided at all affected
     9         working sections and affected areas where mechanized
    10         mining equipment is being installed or removed and on the
    11         surface at a monitored location. Two-way underground
    12         communications shall be maintained between the monitored
    13         surface location and all underground working sections and
    14         areas where mechanized mining equipment is being
    15         installed or removed.
    16             (ix)  A copy of the mine's federally approved
    17         firefighting and evacuation plan is included with the
    18         plan.
    19     (d)  Actions to detect and respond to excess methane.--The
    20  following actions are required to detect and respond to excess
    21  methane:
    22         (1)  Location of tests. Tests for methane concentrations
    23     under this section shall be made at least 12 inches from the
    24     roof, face, ribs and floor.
    25         (2)  Working places and intake air courses.
    26             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a working
    27         place or an intake air course, including an air course in
    28         which a belt conveyor is located or in an area where
    29         mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
    30         removed:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 71 -     

     1                 (A)  Except intrinsically safe atmospheric
     2             monitoring systems (AMS), electrically powered
     3             equipment in the affected area shall be deenergized
     4             and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
     5                 (B)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
     6             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
     7             concentration of methane to less than 1%.
     8                 (C)  No other work shall be permitted in the
     9             affected area until the methane concentration is less
    10             than 1%.
    11             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
    12         working place or an intake air course, including an air
    13         course in which a belt conveyor is located or in an area
    14         where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
    15         removed:
    16                 (A)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
    17             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or persons
    18             authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
    19             foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn from the
    20             affected area.
    21                 (B)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS,
    22             electrically powered equipment in the affected area
    23             shall be disconnected at the power source.
    24         (3)  Return air split.
    25             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a return
    26         air split between the last working place on a working
    27         section and where that split of air meets another split
    28         of air or the location at which the split is used to
    29         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, changes or
    30         adjustments shall be made immediately to the ventilation
    20080S0949B1685                 - 72 -     

     1         system to reduce the concentration of methane in the
     2         return air to less than 1%.
     3             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
     4         return air split between the last working place on a
     5         working section and where that split of air meets another
     6         split of air or the location where the split is used to
     7         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, except for Federal
     8         or State mine inspectors, the mine foreman or assistant
     9         mine foreman or persons authorized by the mine foreman or
    10         assistant mine foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn
    11         from the affected area.
    12             (iii)  Other than intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
    13         in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric power
    14         shall be disconnected at the power source and other
    15         mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    16             (iv)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    17         affected area until the methane concentration in the
    18         return air is less than 1%.
    19         (4)  Return air split alternative.
    20             (i)  The provisions of this paragraph may apply if:
    21                 (A)  The quantity of air in the split ventilating
    22             the active workings is at least 27,000 cubic feet per
    23             minute in the last open crosscut or the quantity
    24             specified in the approved ventilation plan, whichever
    25             is greater.
    26                 (B)  The methane content of the air in the split
    27             is continuously monitored during mining operations by
    28             an AMS that gives a visual and audible signal on the
    29             working section when the methane in the return air
    30             reaches 1.5% and the methane content is monitored as
    20080S0949B1685                 - 73 -     

     1             specified in the approved ventilation plan.
     2                 (C)  Rock dust is continuously applied with a
     3             mechanical duster to the return air course during
     4             coal production at a location in the air course
     5             immediately outby the most inby monitoring point.
     6             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
     7         return air split between a point in the return opposite
     8         the section loading point and where that split of air
     9         meets another split of air or where the split of air is
    10         used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas:
    11                 (A)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
    12             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
    13             concentration of methane in the return air less than
    14             1.5%.
    15                 (B)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
    16             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or persons
    17             authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine
    18             foreman, all persons shall be withdrawn from the
    19             affected area.
    20                 (C)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
    21             in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric
    22             power shall be disconnected at the power source and
    23             other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    24                 (D)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    25             affected area until the methane concentration in the
    26             return air is less than 1.5%.
    27     (e)  Changes and adjustments in ventilation.--
    28         (1)  If either the concentration of methane in a bleeder
    29     split of air immediately before the air in the split joins
    30     another split of air, or in a return air course other than as
    20080S0949B1685                 - 74 -     

     1     described in subsection (d)(3) and (4), contains methane gas
     2     in an amount of 1% 2% or greater as detected by an approved    <--
     3     gas detection device, changes or adjustments shall be made
     4     immediately in the ventilation in the mine so that returning
     5     air contains less than 1% 2% of methane gas.                   <--
     6         (2)  When 2% of methane is exceeded in a bleeder BEYOND    <--
     7     THE MIXING POINT WITH ANOTHER SPLIT IN THE MAIN return, the
     8     operator shall submit a written plan to abate the problem to
     9     the department for approval.
    10     (f)  Submittal of detailed ventilation plan to department.--
    11         (1)  A mine operator shall submit a detailed ventilation
    12     plan and any addendums to the department for review and
    13     comment. The mine operator shall review the plan with the
    14     department and address concerns to the extent practicable.
    15     The department shall submit any concern that is not addressed
    16     to MSHA through comments to the plan. The mine operator shall  <--
    17     provide a copy of the plan to the representative of the
    18     miners, if applicable, ten days prior to the submittal of the
    19     plan for review and comment to the department. THE MINE        <--
    20     OPERATOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF THE PLAN TO THE DEPARTMENT
    21     AND THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MINERS, IF APPLICABLE, TEN DAYS
    22     PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF THE PLAN TO MSHA.
    23         (2)  The operator shall give the department a copy of the
    24     MSHA-approved plan and any addendums as soon as the operator
    25     receives the approval.
    26         (3)  In the event of an unforeseen situation requiring
    27     immediate action on a plan revision, the operator shall
    28     submit the proposed revision to the department and the
    29     representative of the miners when the proposed revision is
    30     submitted to MSHA. The department shall work with the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 75 -     

     1     operator to review and comment on the proposed plan revision
     2     to MSHA as quickly as possible.
     3         (4)  Upon approval by MSHA, the plan is enforceable by
     4     the department.
     5  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
     6     (a)  Maximum distance.--
     7         (1)  The distance driven to establish ventilation
     8     connections between entries or rooms shall not exceed 200
     9     linear feet. Where adequate ventilation is provided, the
    10     entry or room may be driven in conjunction with the new air
    11     connection, provided that the distance to either face does
    12     not exceed 200 linear feet when the new air connection is
    13     established.
    14         (2)  In no case shall any place be driven a total of more
    15     than 200 linear feet unless ventilation connections have been
    16     established, except as provided under this act.
    17         (3)  Where adequate ventilation can be provided, the
    18     department may give written permission to authorize a greater
    19     distance.
    20     (b)  Closure of crosscuts.--Crosscuts between intakes and
    21  return air courses shall be closed, except the one nearest the
    22  face. Crosscuts between rooms shall be closed, where necessary
    23  or when required by the department, to provide adequate
    24  ventilation at the working face.
    25     (c)  Air connections.--Where practicable, an air connection
    26  shall be provided at or near the face of each entry or room
    27  before the place is abandoned.
    28     (d)  Excavations.--Excavations shall not exceed 18 feet in
    29  depth, unless permission is obtained from the department to
    30  drive a greater distance beyond the last open crosscut, if such
    20080S0949B1685                 - 76 -     

     1  excavations are kept free of accumulations of methane by use of
     2  line brattice or other adequate means.
     3     (e)  Construction materials of stoppings.--A permanent
     4  stopping shall be built of solid, substantial, incombustible
     5  material, including, but not limited to, concrete, concrete
     6  blocks, bricks, steel or tile, provided that, where physical
     7  conditions exist because of caving that makes the use of
     8  concrete, concrete blocks, brick, steel or tile impracticable,
     9  timber laid longitudinally skin-to-skin or an approved
    10  substitute may be used. A temporary stopping may be erected in
    11  cut-throughs near the working face. A stopping shall be
    12  reasonably airtight.
    13     (f)  Building and maintenance.--A permanent stopping or other
    14  permanent ventilation control device shall be built and
    15  maintained as follows:
    16         (1)  Between intake and return air courses, except a       <--
    17     temporary control, the device may be used in a room that is
    18     TEMPORARY CONTROLS MAY BE USED IN ROOMS THAT ARE 600 feet or   <--
    19     less from the centerline of the entry from which the room was
    20     developed, including where continuous face haulage systems
    21     are used in the room ROOMS. Unless otherwise approved in the   <--
    22     ventilation plan, the stopping or control shall be maintained
    23     to and including the third connecting crosscut outby the
    24     working face.
    25         (2)  To separate belt conveyor haulageways from intake
    26     air courses when the air in the intake air courses is used to
    27     provide air to active working places, temporary ventilation
    28     controls may be used in a room that is ROOMS THAT ARE 600      <--
    29     feet or less from the centerline of the entry from which the
    30     room was ROOMS WERE developed, including where continuous      <--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 77 -     

     1     face haulage systems are used in the room ROOMS. When          <--
     2     continuous face haulage systems are used, a permanent
     3     stopping or other device shall be built and maintained to the
     4     outby most point of travel of the dolly or 600 feet from the
     5     point of deepest penetration in the conveyor belt entry,
     6     whichever distance is closer to the point of deepest
     7     penetration, to separate the continuous haulage entry from
     8     the intake entries.
     9  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
    10     (a)  Arrangement of ventilation.--Ventilation shall be so
    11  arranged by means of air locks, overcasts or undercasts that the
    12  passage of trips or persons along the entries will not cause
    13  interruptions of the air current. In face areas where it is
    14  impracticable to install air locks, single doors may be used
    15  with the permission of the department. An air lock shall be
    16  ventilated sufficiently to prevent accumulations of methane in
    17  it.
    18     (b)  Doors.--
    19         (1)  A door controlling ventilation shall be kept closed,
    20     except when men or equipment are passing through the doorway.
    21     Motor crews and other persons who open a door shall see that
    22     the door is closed before leaving it.
    23         (2)  It shall be unlawful for a person to knowingly leave
    24     a door or a check-curtain open.
    25     (c)  Hanging of doors.--A door controlling ventilation shall
    26  be hung in such a manner as to be self-closing.
    27     (d)  Construction materials.--Overcasts and undercasts shall
    28  be constructed tightly of incombustible material, such as
    29  masonry, concrete, concrete blocks or fire-resistant
    30  prefabricated material of sufficient strength to withstand
    20080S0949B1685                 - 78 -     

     1  possible falls from the roof. Overcasts and undercasts shall be
     2  of ample area to pass the required quantity of air and shall be
     3  kept clear of obstructions.
     4  Section 233.  Line brattice.
     5     (a)  General rule.--Substantially constructed line brattice
     6  shall be used from the last open crosscut of an entry or room
     7  when necessary or required by the department to provide adequate
     8  ventilation for the workmen and to remove gases and explosive
     9  fumes. When damaged by falls or otherwise, line brattice shall
    10  be repaired promptly.
    11     (b)  Spacing.--The space between the line brattice and the
    12  rib shall be large enough to permit the flow of a sufficient
    13  volume of air to keep the working face clear of flammable and
    14  noxious gases.
    15     (c)  Construction material.--Brattice cloth used underground
    16  shall be constructed of approved flame-resistant material.
    17  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
    18     (a)  Procedure.--
    19         (1)  The operator of a mine who desires to use in the
    20     mine an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall submit to the
    21     department a ventilation plan showing the proposed use of the
    22     auxiliary blower or exhaust fan.
    23         (2)  The department shall review the plan and take one of
    24     the following actions:
    25             (i)  Approve the plan.
    26             (ii)  Request additional information.
    27             (iii)  Disapprove the plan and set forth in writing
    28         its reasons for the disapproval.
    29         (3)  In approving a plan, the department shall require
    30     that an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall be:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 79 -     

     1             (i)  Powered by an approved motor when installed
     2         underground.
     3             (ii)  Operated continuously while any work is being
     4         performed in the area being ventilated by the blower or
     5         fan.
     6             (iii)  Be so placed that recirculation of the air is
     7         not possible.
     8     (b)  Time period for review.--The department shall approve or
     9  disapprove a plan within 60 days after being initially submitted
    10  by the operator.
    11  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
    12     An area that is not sealed shall be ventilated. Return air
    13  may be used to ventilate the area. The department shall approve
    14  a ventilation plan for an abandoned, unused or sealed part of a
    15  mine.
    16  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
    17     If any person shall construct or cause to be constructed for
    18  use after the effective date of this section a sewer or other
    19  method of drainage from a building or dwelling house for the
    20  carrying of sewage, offal, refuse or other offensive matter into
    21  any portion of an operating or abandoned mine, the person
    22  commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    23  Section 237.  Fans.
    24     (a)  General rule.--The ventilation of a mine that extends
    25  more than 200 feet underground and is opened after the effective
    26  date of this section shall be produced by a mechanically
    27  operated fan or fans. The fan or fans shall be kept in
    28  continuous operation unless written permission to do otherwise
    29  is granted by the department.
    30     (b)  Location.--Except as otherwise provided under subsection
    20080S0949B1685                 - 80 -     

     1  (c), a main fan shall be:
     2         (1)  Located on the surface in fireproof housing offset
     3     not less than 15 feet from the nearest side of the mine
     4     opening.
     5         (2)  Equipped with fireproof air ducts provided with
     6     explosion doors or a weakwall.
     7         (3)  Operated from a separate power circuit.
     8     (c)  Exception.--In lieu of the requirements for the location
     9  of fans and pressure-relief facilities, a fan may be directly in
    10  front of or over a mine opening if:
    11         (1)  The opening is not in direct line with possible
    12     forces coming out of the mine if an explosion occurs.
    13         (2)  There is another opening having a weakwall stopping
    14     or explosion doors that would be in direct line with forces
    15     coming out of the mine.
    16  All main fans shall be provided with pressure-recording gauges
    17  or water gauges.
    18     (d)  Recordkeeping and inspections.--
    19         (1)  A record of the charts shall be kept for one year.
    20         (2)  A daily inspection shall be made of all main fans
    21     and connected machinery by a competent person and a record
    22     kept of the inspection in a book prescribed for that purpose.
    23     (e)  Warning of fan interruption.--Approved facilities shall
    24  be provided at a point or points under observation while men are
    25  in the mine and shall give warning of an interruption to a fan.
    26  Where such facilities are not provided, an attendant shall be
    27  constantly kept on duty while individuals are working in the
    28  mine.
    29  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    30     The mine foreman or superintendent shall once each week
    20080S0949B1685                 - 81 -     

     1  direct and see that the methane content of the ventilating
     2  current or currents is determined by analyses or by an
     3  instrument capable of accuracy to .1%. The samples or the
     4  determinations shall be taken on the return end of the air
     5  circuit or circuits just beyond the last working place, unless
     6  otherwise directed by the department, and a correct report of
     7  these determinations shall be promptly furnished to the
     8  department. The determinations or samples shall be taken on days
     9  when individuals are working and recorded in a book provided for
    10  that purpose.
    11  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    12     (a)  Method of removal.--
    13         (1)  Dangerous accumulations of fine, dry coal dust shall
    14     be removed from a mine or neutralized by the application of
    15     rock dust, and all dry and dusty operating sections and
    16     haulageways and the back entries for at least 1,000 feet
    17     outby the first active working place in each operating
    18     section shall be kept watered down, rock dusted or dust
    19     allayed by such other methods as may be approved by the
    20     department.
    21         (2)  A mine or location in a mine that is too wet or too
    22     high in incombustible content to initiate or propagate a coal
    23     dust ignition need not be rock dusted during the time any of
    24     those conditions prevail.
    25         (3)  Coal dust and other dust in suspension in unusual
    26     quantities shall be allayed by sprinkling or other dust
    27     allaying or collecting devices.
    28     (b)  Specifications.--
    29         (1)  In a dry and dusty mine or section thereof, rock
    30     dust shall be applied and maintained upon the roof, floor and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 82 -     

     1     sides of all operating sections, haulageways and parallel
     2     entries connected thereto by open crosscuts. Back entries
     3     shall be rock dusted for at least 1,000 feet out by the
     4     junction with the first active working place.
     5         (2)  Rock dust shall be so applied to include the last
     6     open crosscut of rooms and entries and to within 40 feet of
     7     the faces. In mines where mining is done by continuous-type
     8     mining machinery, the distances from the face to which rock
     9     dust shall be applied shall be the mining distance for one
    10     shift if:
    11             (i)  The active working place shall be kept from damp
    12         to wet.
    13             (ii)  After coal production on any shifts has ceased,
    14         an application of rock dust shall be made in the exposed
    15         area to within 40 feet of the face before additional
    16         mining is performed in the area.
    17         (3)  Rock dust shall be maintained in such quantity that
    18     the incombustible content of the mine dust shall not be less
    19     than 65%.
    20     (c)  Composition of rock dust.--Rock dust shall not contain
    21  more than 5% by volume of quartz or free silica particles and
    22  shall be pulverized so that 100% will pass through a 20-mesh
    23  screen and 70% or more will pass through a 200-mesh screen.
    24  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
    25                 working areas.
    26     (a)  General rule.--The mine foreman or assistant mine
    27  foreman shall ascertain that all workmen are trained in the
    28  proper methods of testing roof, face and ribs. The mine foreman
    29  shall designate the tool or tools to be used for testing.
    30  Employees whose work exposes them to hazards or falls of roof
    20080S0949B1685                 - 83 -     

     1  and coal shall thoroughly test the roof, face and ribs before
     2  starting to work or before starting a machine, and frequently
     3  thereafter.
     4     (b)  Examination for date marks.--A miner shall examine his
     5  place to determine whether the mine examiner has left the date
     6  marks indicating his examination thereof. If date marks cannot
     7  be found, the miner shall notify the mine foreman or assistant
     8  mine foreman of that fact.
     9     (c)  Correction of unsafe roof, face or rib conditions.--
    10         (1)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
    11     unsafe, they shall be corrected by taking down loose material
    12     or shall be securely supported before work is started.
    13         (2)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
    14     unsafe and normal taking down or supporting practices cannot
    15     correct the unsafe condition, the place shall be vacated and
    16     guarded or a danger sign erected to prevent unauthorized
    17     entrance and the certified mine official in charge promptly
    18     shall be notified. Only individuals capable of correcting the
    19     dangerous condition may be delegated to do such work.
    20         (3)  The certified mine official in charge shall examine
    21     for unsafe conditions and the roof, faces, ribs and timbers
    22     or supports of all working places each time they visit a
    23     place. Unsafe conditions found shall be corrected promptly.
    24     All employees shall notify the mine foreman or assistant mine
    25     foreman of an unsafe condition in the mine when the condition
    26     is known to them.
    27  Section 241.  Roof support.
    28     (a)  General rule.--The roof in an underground area shall be
    29  supported as necessary for the protection of the employees and
    30  equipment. A roof control plan suitable to the roof conditions
    20080S0949B1685                 - 84 -     

     1  of each mine or part of a mine shall be adopted and complied
     2  with by the operator. The department shall be notified of the
     3  adoption of the plan of roof support, shall review the plan and:
     4         (1)  approve it;
     5         (2)  request additional information; or
     6         (3)  disapprove the plan and state in writing its reason
     7     for the disapproval.
     8     (b)  Roof support plans to be posted.--Workmen whose work
     9  involves roof support shall be informed of approved roof support
    10  plans and the plans shall be posted. Additional roof supports
    11  shall be used when and where necessary.
    12     (c)  Periodic revision and update of roof control plan.--
    13  Every mine operator shall revise and update the roof control
    14  plan every six months or more frequently if required to do so by
    15  the department. A copy of the plan shall be provided to the
    16  representative of the miners ten days prior to submitting it to
    17  the department for review and comment.
    18  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
    19     Permissible explosives, approved breaking devices or approved
    20  blasting devices shall be used in underground mines.
    21  Section 243.  (Reserved).
    22  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
    23     (a)  Placement.--Explosives and detonators stored underground
    24  shall be:
    25         (1)  Kept in section boxes or magazines of substantial
    26     construction with no metal exposed on the inside.
    27         (2)  Located at least 25 feet from roadways and power
    28     wires in a well-rock-dusted location protected from falls of
    29     roof.
    30     (b)  Separation.--If not kept in separate boxes or magazines
    20080S0949B1685                 - 85 -     

     1  not less than five feet apart, the explosives and detonators may
     2  be kept in the same box or magazine if separated by at least a
     3  four-inch hardwood partition or the equivalent. The boxes or
     4  magazines shall be kept at least 300 feet from the faces and out
     5  of the direct line of blasting and shall be installed outby the
     6  last permanent stopping and on intake air.
     7  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
     8                 multiple shooting.
     9     (a)  Requirements.--
    10         (1)  Only certified shot-firers shall be permitted to
    11     handle explosives and conduct blasting.
    12         (2)  Only electric detonators of proper strength fired
    13     with approved shot-firing units shall be used, and drillholes
    14     shall be solidly stemmed with at least 24 inches of
    15     incombustible material or at least one-half of the length of
    16     the hole shall be solidly stemmed if the hole is less than
    17     four feet in depth unless other approved stemming devices or
    18     methods are used.
    19         (3)  Drillholes shall be of ample size and shall not be
    20     drilled beyond the limits of the cut, and, as far as
    21     practicable, cuttings and dust shall be cleaned from the
    22     holes before the charge is inserted. Charges of explosives
    23     exceeding one and one-half pounds shall be used only if
    24     drillholes are six feet or more in depth.
    25         (4)  Ample warning shall be given before shots are fired,
    26     and care shall be taken to determine that all persons are in
    27     the clear before firing. Individuals shall be removed from
    28     adjoining areas and other areas when there is danger of shots
    29     blowing through.
    30         (5)  No shots shall be fired:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 86 -     

     1             (i)  In any area until the area has been properly
     2         examined by the shot-firer.
     3             (ii)  In any area where gas can be 1% OF GAS IS        <--
     4         detected by an approved gas detection device.
     5         (6)  After firing any shot, the shot-firer shall make a
     6     careful examination of the work area before leaving the area
     7     or before performing any other work in the area.
     8     (b)  Plan to be submitted to department.--An operator of a
     9  mine who desires to conduct multiple shooting shall submit to
    10  the department for approval a plan indicating the manner and
    11  details proposed to engage in multiple shooting.
    12     (c)  Prohibitions.--
    13         (1)  While boreholes are being charged, electrical
    14     equipment shall not be operated in the work area, and only
    15     work in connection with roof support and general safety shall
    16     be performed. Shots shall be fired promptly after charging.
    17         (2)  Mudcaps, adobes or any other unconfined shots shall
    18     not be permitted in any bituminous coal mine.
    19         (3)  No solid shooting shall be permitted without
    20     approval from the department. Where solid shooting is
    21     practiced, blasting holes shall be stemmed the full length of
    22     the hole.
    23     (e)  Blasting and shooting cables.--
    24         (1)  Blasting cables shall be well-insulated and shall be
    25     at least 125 feet in length to permit persons authorized to
    26     fire shots to get in a safe place out of the line of
    27     blasting.
    28         (2)  Shooting cables shall be kept away from power wires
    29     and all other sources of electric current, connected to the
    30     leg wires by the person who fires the shot, staggered as to
    20080S0949B1685                 - 87 -     

     1     length or well-separated at the detonator leg wires and
     2     shunted at the battery end until ready to connect to the
     3     blasting unit.
     4         (3)  Detonator leg wires shall be kept shunted until
     5     ready to connect to the blasting cable.
     6  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
     7     (a)  Construction of containers.--
     8         (1)  Individual containers used to carry permissible
     9     explosives or detonators shall be constructed of substantial,
    10     nonconductive materials approved by the department, kept
    11     closed and maintained in good condition. When explosives or
    12     detonators are transported underground in cars moved by means
    13     of powered haulage equipment, they shall be in cars having a
    14     substantial covering or in special substantially built
    15     covered containers used specifically for transporting
    16     detonators or explosives.
    17         (2)  Explosives or detonators shall not be hauled into or
    18     out of the mine within five minutes preceding or following
    19     individuals being transported.
    20     (b)  Prohibitions.--
    21         (1)  Neither explosives nor detonators shall be
    22     transported on flight or shaking conveyors, mechanical
    23     loading machines, locomotives, scrapers, cutting machines,
    24     drill trucks or any self-propelled mobile equipment.
    25         (2)  No shot-firer shall carry into or have delivered to
    26     him any larger quantity of explosives or detonators than the
    27     shot-firer may reasonably expect to use in any one shift.
    28     (c)  Separation of explosives and detonators.--If explosives
    29  and detonators are transported in the same explosives car or in
    30  the same special container, they shall be separated by at least
    20080S0949B1685                 - 88 -     

     1  four inches of hardwood partition or the equivalent. The bodies
     2  of the cars or containers shall be constructed or lined with
     3  nonconductive material.
     4  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
     5     Electricity from any grounded circuit shall not be used for
     6  firing shots.
     7  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
     8     (a)  Ignited gas.--When gas is ignited by a blast or a fire
     9  occurs, the shot-firer shall immediately extinguish it, if
    10  possible, and if unable to do so shall immediately notify the
    11  mine foreman of the fact and warn other persons in the vicinity
    12  who might be endangered.
    13     (b)  Shot-firer to provide notice to others.--When a shot-
    14  firer is about to fire a blast, he shall notify all persons who
    15  may be endangered and shall give sufficient alarm so that any
    16  person approaching may be warned of the danger.
    17     (c)  Construction of charging and tamping tools.--All
    18  charging and tamping tools shall be constructed of nonsparking
    19  materials.
    20     (d)  Disconnection from electricity.--Immediately after the
    21  firing of a shot, the firing leads shall be disconnected from
    22  the supply or source of electricity and shunted.
    23     (e)  Preconditions to firing machine or battery.--No firing
    24  machine or battery shall be connected to the shot-firing leads
    25  unless:
    26         (1)  All other steps preparatory to the firing of a shot
    27     have been completed.
    28         (2)  All persons have been moved to a place of safety.
    29         (3)  No person other than the shot-firer has made the
    30     connection.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 89 -     

     1     (f)  Firing machine or battery in possession of shot-firer.--
     2  The shot-firer shall keep the firing machine or battery in his
     3  possession at all times while blasting.
     4     (g)  Testing of blasting devices.--Frequent tests shall be
     5  made of all blasting devices to see that their capacity has not
     6  been decreased by use or accident.
     7     (h)  Examinations for gas.--The shot-firer shall examine the
     8  place for gas and other dangers before and after firing each
     9  shot or blast.
    10  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    11     (a)  General duties of operator or superintendent.--
    12         (1)  The operator or superintendent of a bituminous coal
    13     mine worked by shaft shall provide and maintain:
    14             (i)  A telephone or other means of communication from
    15         the top to the bottom and intermediate landings of the
    16         shaft.
    17             (ii)  A standard means of signaling.
    18             (iii)  An effective safety catch, bridle chains,
    19         automatic stopping device and automatic overwind.
    20             (iv)  A sufficient cover on every cage used for
    21         lowering or hoisting persons.
    22             (v)  An effective safety gate at the top of the cage
    23         shaft and intermediate landings controlled by the cage.
    24             (vi)  An adequate brake on the drum of every machine
    25         used to lower or hoist persons in the shaft.
    26         (2)  The operator shall have the machinery used for
    27     lowering and hoisting persons into or out of the mine kept in
    28     safe condition and equipped with a reliable indicator. Cages
    29     and elevators shall be inspected once in each 24 hours by a
    30     competent person of the company or by a manufacturer's
    20080S0949B1685                 - 90 -     

     1     representative and a safety catch test made every two months,
     2     a record kept thereof and a copy sent to the mine inspector.
     3         (3)  (i)  Where a hoisting engineer is required, he shall
     4         be readily available at all times when individuals are in
     5         the mine. The hoisting engineer shall operate the empty
     6         cage up and down the shaft at least one round trip at the
     7         beginning of each shift, after material has been lowered
     8         or hoisted and after the hoist has been idle for one hour
     9         or more before hoisting or lowering individuals.
    10             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
    11         used exclusively for hoisting and lowering individuals.
    12         (4)  There shall be cut out around the side of the
    13     hoisting shaft, or driven through the solid strata at the
    14     bottom thereof, a travelingway not less than five feet high
    15     and three feet wide to enable a person to pass the shaft in
    16     going from one side to the other without passing over or
    17     under the cage or other hoisting apparatus.
    18         (5)  Positive stop blocks or derails shall be placed near
    19     the top and bottom, at all intermediate landings of slopes
    20     and surface inclines and at approaches to all shaft landings.
    21         (6)  A waiting station with sufficient room, ample
    22     clearance from moving equipment and adequate seating
    23     facilities shall be provided where individuals are required
    24     to wait for man-trips or cages. The individuals shall remain
    25     in the station until the man-trip or cage is available.
    26         (7)  No hoisting engineer shall be required for
    27     automatically operated cages or elevators.
    28     (b)  Duties of mine foreman.--
    29         (1)  When hoisting or lowering of individuals occurs
    30     during darkness, at any mine operated by shaft, the mine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 91 -     

     1     foreman shall provide and maintain, at the shaft mouth, a
     2     light of stationary character sufficient to show the landing
     3     and all surrounding objects distinctly and sufficient light
     4     of a stationary character shall be located at the bottom of
     5     the shaft so that persons going to the bottom may clearly
     6     discern the cages, elevators and other objects contiguous
     7     thereto.
     8         (2)  The mine foreman shall see that:
     9             (i)  No cages or elevators on which individuals ride
    10         are lifted or lowered at a rate of speed greater than 900
    11         feet per minute.
    12             (ii)  No mine cars, either empty or loaded, are
    13         hoisted or lowered on cages while individuals are being
    14         lowered or hoisted.
    15             (iii)  No cage having an unstable self-dump platform
    16         shall be used for carrying individuals unless the cage is
    17         provided with some device by which it may be securely
    18         locked when individuals are being hoisted or lowered into
    19         the mine.
    20     (c)  Ropes, links and chains.--
    21         (1)  In shafts where coal is hoisted and individuals
    22     lowered into or hoisted from the mine, the ropes, links and
    23     chains shall be of ample strength, with a factor of safety of
    24     not less than five to one of the maximum load.
    25         (2)  In shafts used exclusively for lowering or hoisting
    26     individuals and material, the factor of safety of ropes,
    27     links and chains shall not be less than ten to one of the
    28     maximum load.
    29         (3)  All ropes, links and chains shall be carefully
    30     examined at least once every 24 hours by a competent person
    20080S0949B1685                 - 92 -     

     1     delegated for that purpose by the superintendent.
     2         (4)  Any defect found from the examination, by which life
     3     and limb may be endangered, shall be reported at once in
     4     writing to the superintendent, who shall immediately proceed
     5     to remedy the defect. Until that is accomplished, the
     6     superintendent shall prohibit any person from being lowered
     7     into or hoisted from the mine by the defective apparatus.
     8         (5)  The person making the examination shall keep a daily
     9     record of each inspection, in ink, in a book kept at the mine
    10     office for that purpose.
    11     (d)  Cage requirements.--
    12         (1)  (i)  The operator or superintendent shall provide
    13         every cage used for lowering or hoisting persons with
    14         handrails at sides or overhead or additional suitable
    15         devices and with a bar or gate at ends.
    16             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
    17         used exclusively for lowering and hoisting individuals.
    18         (2)  The ropes shall be securely attached to the sides of
    19     the drum of every machine that is used for lowering and
    20     hoisting persons or material into and out of the mine, and
    21     the flanges shall have a clearance of not less than four
    22     inches when the whole of the rope is wound on the drum.
    23     (e)  Signaling system.--
    24         (1)  In all shafts and slopes where persons, coal and
    25     other materials are hoisted by machinery, a system of
    26     signaling approved by the department shall be in effect. The
    27     following code of signals shall be used:
    28             (i)  One signal to hoist the car or cage.
    29             (ii)  One signal to stop the car or cage when in
    30         motion.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 93 -     

     1             (iii)  Two signals to lower the car or cage.
     2             (iv)  Three signals to hoist persons.
     3         (2)  The hoist operator shall signal back when ready,
     4     after which the person shall get on the car or cage and then
     5     one signal shall be given to hoist.
     6  Section 250.  Bottom person.
     7     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where persons are
     8  lowered into or hoisted from the mine, a bottom person, who
     9  shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the mine
    10  foreman. The bottom person shall:
    11         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    12     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    13         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    14     provisions of this act in respect to hoisting persons in
    15     shafts or slopes are complied with.
    16         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
    17     with persons or on either cage when they are being hoisted
    18     out of the mine, except for the purpose of repairing the
    19     shaft or machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place
    20     their tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose,
    21     which containers or cars shall be hoisted before or after the
    22     individuals have been hoisted.
    23         (4)  Immediately inform the mine foreman of any
    24     violation.
    25         (5)  Not attempt to withdraw the car until the cage comes
    26     to a rest.
    27         (6)  When putting the full car on the cage, see that the
    28     springs or catches are properly adjusted so as to keep the
    29     car in its proper place, before giving the signal to the
    30     hoist operator.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 94 -     

     1     (b)  When bottom person not required.--No bottom person shall
     2  be required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
     3  Section 251.  Number of persons to be hoisted.
     4     (a)  General rule.--No greater number of persons shall be
     5  lowered or hoisted at any one time in any shaft or slope than is
     6  permitted by the department. Whenever the number of persons
     7  returning from work shall arrive at the bottom of the shaft or
     8  slope in which persons are regularly hoisted or lowered, they
     9  shall be promptly furnished with an empty cage, car or elevator
    10  and be hoisted to the surface. In cases of emergency, a lesser
    11  number than permitted shall be promptly hoisted.
    12     (b)  Posting of notice.--A notice of the number permitted to
    13  be lowered or hoisted at any one time shall be posted by the
    14  operator or superintendent in conspicuous places at the top and
    15  bottom of the shaft, and the cage or cages or other safe means
    16  of egress shall be available at all times for the persons
    17  employed in any mine that has no second outlet available.
    18  Section 252.  Top person.
    19     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where persons are
    20  lowered into or hoisted from a mine, a top person or trip rider,
    21  who shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the
    22  superintendent. The top person shall:
    23         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    24     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    25         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    26     provisions of this act in respect to lowering and hoisting
    27     persons in shafts or slopes are complied with. The trip rider
    28     may also perform this duty.
    29         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
    30     with persons or on either cage when persons are being lowered
    20080S0949B1685                 - 95 -     

     1     into the mine, except for the purpose of repairing the shaft
     2     or the machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place their
     3     tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose, which
     4     containers or cars shall be lowered before or after the
     5     individuals have been lowered.
     6         (4)  If located on a slope or incline plane, close the
     7     safety block or other device as soon as the cars have reached
     8     the landing in order to prevent any loose or runaway cars
     9     from descending the slope or incline plane, and in no case
    10     shall the safety block or other device be withdrawn until the
    11     cars are coupled to the rope or chain and the proper signal
    12     given.
    13         (5)  Carefully inspect each day all the machinery in and
    14     about the headframe and the rope used, promptly report to the
    15     superintendent any defect discovered and securely attach the
    16     cars to the rope before lowering them down the incline.
    17         (6)  Ring the alarm bell in case of an accident and, when
    18     necessary, immediately set free the drop logs or safety
    19     switch to act.
    20         (7)  If located in a shaft, see that the springs or keeps
    21     for the cage rest upon and are kept in good working order.
    22         (8)  When taking off the full car, see that no coal or
    23     other material falls down the shaft.
    24     (b)  When top person not required--No top person shall be
    25  required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
    26     (c)  Reporting of persons crowding or pushing.--Any person
    27  crowding or pushing to get on or off a cage, elevator or car,
    28  thereby endangering life, shall be reported by any person to the
    29  superintendent, who in turn shall report the incident to the
    30  department for appropriate action.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 96 -     

     1  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
     2     (a)  Prohibitions.--
     3         (1)  No operator or superintendent of any bituminous coal
     4     mine worked by shaft, slope or incline shall place in charge
     5     of any hoist used for lowering or hoisting persons in the
     6     mine competent hoisting operators who are under 21 years of
     7     age.
     8         (2)  No hoist operator in charge of such machinery shall
     9     allow any person, except as may be designated for this
    10     purpose by the operator or superintendent, to interfere with
    11     any part of the machinery.
    12         (3)  No person shall interfere with or intimidate the
    13     hoist operator in the discharge of the duties of the hoist
    14     operators.
    15         (4)  No person shall ride on a loaded cage or car in any
    16     shaft, slope or incline. This paragraph shall not be
    17     construed to prevent a trip rider from riding during the
    18     performance of his authorized duties.
    19     (b)  Special precautions.--When individuals are being lowered
    20  or raised, the hoist operator shall take special precautions to
    21  keep the hoist well under control.
    22  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
    23     (a)  Specifications for clearances.--
    24         (1)  Track switches, except room and entry development
    25     switches, shall be provided with properly installed throws,
    26     bridle bars and guard rails.
    27         (2)  Switch throws and stands, where possible, shall be
    28     placed on the clearance side.
    29         (3)  Haulage roads shall have a continuous unobstructed
    30     clearance of at least 30 inches from the widest extension of
    20080S0949B1685                 - 97 -     

     1     regular coal transportation equipment on the clearance side.
     2     On haulage roads where trolley lines are used, the clearance
     3     shall be on the side opposite the trolley lines. The
     4     clearance space on all haulage roads shall be kept free of
     5     loose rock, coal, supplies or other materials, provided that
     6     not more than 30 inches need be kept free of such
     7     obstructions.
     8         (4)  Ample clearance shall be provided at all points
     9     where supplies are loaded or unloaded along haulage roads or
    10     conveyors.
    11     (b)  Specifications for shelter holes.--
    12         (1)  (i)  Shelter holes shall be provided on the
    13         clearance side along designated travelways, which are
    14         also used as haulage entries, other than belt conveyor
    15         haulage entries.
    16             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to face area
    17         or room haulageways.
    18         (2)  Shelter holes shall be spaced not more than 105 feet
    19     apart unless otherwise approved by the department. Shelter
    20     holes shall be at least five feet in depth, not more than
    21     four feet in width, level with the roadway and at least four
    22     feet in height.
    23         (3)  Crosscuts may be used as shelter holes even though
    24     their width exceeds four feet and they shall be kept clear
    25     for a depth of at least six feet.
    26         (4)  Shelter holes shall be kept clear of refuse and
    27     other obstructions.
    28         (5)  Shelter holes shall be provided at switch throws and
    29     at manually operated permanent doors.
    30  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 98 -     

     1     (a)  Maintenance.--Underground haulage equipment shall be
     2  maintained in a safe operating condition. An audible warning
     3  device and headlights shall be provided on each locomotive and
     4  each shuttle car. Rerailing devices shall be provided on all
     5  locomotives.
     6     (b)  Warnings to be sounded.--Operators of haulage equipment
     7  shall sound a warning on approaching curves, intersections,
     8  doors, curtains, manway crossings or any other location where
     9  persons are likely to travel.
    10  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    11     (a)  Duties of motormen and trip riders.--Motormen and trip
    12  riders shall:
    13         (1)  Use care in handling locomotives and cars.
    14         (2)  See that the entire trip is coupled before starting.
    15         (3)  See that there is a conspicuous light or other
    16     device approved by the department, properly maintained, on
    17     the front and rear of each trip or train of cars when in
    18     motion.
    19     (b)  Prohibitions.--
    20         (1)  No person shall ride on locomotives unless granted
    21     permission by the mine foreman.
    22         (2)  No person shall ride on any loaded car or on the
    23     outside of any car.
    24         (3)  No motorman or trip rider shall get on or off a
    25     locomotive while it is in motion.
    26         (4)  No person shall fly or run switches or ride on the
    27     front bumper of a car. Back poling shall be permitted only to
    28     the nearest turning point or when going up extremely steep
    29     grades and then only cautiously and at slow speed. The
    30     operator of a shuttle car shall face in the direction of
    20080S0949B1685                 - 99 -     

     1     travel except during the loading operation when he may face
     2     the loading machine.
     3     (c)  Duties of motormen.--Motormen shall:
     4         (1)  See that properly maintained safety devices are
     5     placed on the last car of any trip being hauled upgrade, as
     6     designated by the mine foreman and approved by the
     7     department, on the front and rear of each trip or train of
     8     cars when in motion.
     9         (2)  Inspect locomotives and report any mechanical
    10     defects found to the proper mine official prior to operation.
    11     The locomotive may not be operated until the defects are
    12     corrected.
    13         (3)  If there is reason to leave a trip, see that the
    14     trip is left in a safe place, secure from cars, locomotives
    15     or other dangers and where it will not endanger the operators
    16     of other trips or other persons.
    17     (d)  System of signals, methods or devices.--A system of
    18  signals, methods or devices shall be used to provide protection
    19  for trips, locomotives and other equipment coming out onto
    20  tracks used by other equipment. Where a dispatcher is employed
    21  to control trips, traffic shall move only at his direction.
    22  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on on rope haulage.
    23     (a)  Duties of trip rider.--The trip rider shall see that all
    24  hitchings are safe for use and that the trip is coupled before
    25  starting. If at any time the trip rider sees any material defect
    26  in the rope, link or chain, he shall immediately remedy the
    27  defect or, if he is unable to do so, shall detain the trip and
    28  report the matter to the mine foreman or the assistant.
    29     (b)  Duties of hooker-on.--The hooker-on at the bottom of any
    30  slope shall see that cars are properly coupled to a rope or
    20080S0949B1685                 - 100 -    

     1  chain and that the safety catch or other device is properly
     2  attached to the rear car before giving the signal to the
     3  hoisting operator. The hooker-on shall not allow any person to
     4  ride up the slope other than the trip rider.
     5  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
     6     (a)  General rule.--The speed of mantrips shall be governed
     7  by the mine foreman, and mantrips shall be operated at safe
     8  speeds consistent with the condition of roads and type of
     9  equipment used. Each mantrip shall be under the charge of a
    10  competent person designated by the mine foreman or the assistant
    11  mine foreman and operated independently of any loaded trip of
    12  coal or other heavy material, but may transport tools, small
    13  machine parts and supplies.
    14     (b)  Prohibition.--No person shall:
    15         (1)  Ride under the trolley wire unless suitable covered
    16     mantrips are used.
    17         (2)  Load or unload before the cars in which they are to
    18     ride or are riding come to a full stop. Individuals shall
    19     proceed in an orderly manner to and from mantrips.
    20     (c)  Adequate clearance and proper illumination.--Adequate
    21  clearance and proper illumination shall be provided where
    22  individuals load or unload mantrips.
    23     (d)  Adequate precautions.--Adequate precautions shall be
    24  taken so that moving trips and standing cars are subject to
    25  proper control by derailing or braking devices.
    26  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    27     (a)  Specifications.--
    28         (1)  Except as otherwise provided under paragraph (2),
    29     all conveyor entries shall be provided with a minimum width
    30     and height of not less than four feet for travel and, in
    20080S0949B1685                 - 101 -    

     1     conveyor entries in which track is installed, the minimum
     2     amount of clearance width shall not be less than two and one-
     3     half feet, which clearance width shall be continuous
     4     throughout the entry.
     5         (2)  In lieu of maintaining four feet of height in
     6     conveyor entries, a minimum height of three feet and a
     7     minimum width of four feet may be maintained, provided the
     8     operator furnishes a mode of conveyance for men and material
     9     other than on the conveyor. All such travel space and
    10     clearance space shall be kept free of all forms of
    11     obstruction underfoot and from electric wires and electric
    12     cables. A space of not less than four feet in width shall be
    13     provided for travel from the immediate entrance of each
    14     working place to the face thereof, which space shall be kept
    15     free of all forms of obstruction underfoot and free from
    16     electric wires and electric cables.
    17     (b)  Cross points.--At all points where individuals must of
    18  necessity cross conveyors, the conveyor at the point where the
    19  crossing is made shall be so arranged that individuals can cross
    20  safely and conveniently without coming into contact with the
    21  conveyor.
    22     (c)  Automatic stop control.--Conveyors shall be equipped
    23  with an automatic control that will stop the driving motor in
    24  case of slipping on the drive pulley, and the control shall be
    25  tested each operating shift to ascertain that it is in good
    26  operating condition.
    27     (d)  Electric wires and cables.--All electric wires or
    28  electric cables in completed portions of conveyor entries shall
    29  be carried on insulators.
    30     (e)  Control lines.--Control lines shall be installed the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 102 -    

     1  full length of the belt.
     2     (g)  Point type heat sensors.--Point type heat sensors shall
     3  not be used as the primary type of fire sensors in any mine
     4  opened more than six months after the effective date of this
     5  section.
     6  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
     7     No blowtorch may be used in a mine.
     8  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
     9     (a)  General rule.--A substantial insulated container
    10  provided with a cover and specially designed for safe
    11  transportation of the cylinders shall be used in transporting
    12  oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders in all bituminous coal mines.
    13     (b)  Identification.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
    14  shall be clearly identified.
    15  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
    16     (a)  General rule.--Transportation of oxygen and gas tanks or
    17  cylinders shall be permitted on self-propelled machinery or belt
    18  conveyors specially equipped for safe holding of the containers
    19  in transportation. In no instance shall such transportation be
    20  permitted in conjunction with any mantrip.
    21     (b)  Marking of empty tanks and cylinders.--Empty oxygen and
    22  gas tanks or cylinders shall be marked "empty" and shall be
    23  removed from the mine promptly in proper containers. The valve
    24  protection caps shall be placed on all tanks or cylinders for
    25  which caps are provided when not in use and when being
    26  transported. No oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders shall be
    27  transported with the hoses and gauges attached.
    28     (c)  Identification of tanks and cylinders.--All oxygen and
    29  gas tanks or cylinders shall be clearly identified.
    30  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 103 -    

     1     (a)  General rule.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
     2  shall be properly secured and protected against possible damage
     3  when stored in and about bituminous coal mines. When oxygen and
     4  gas tanks or cylinders are stored in underground shops or
     5  surface structures, they shall be protected from damage by
     6  falling material and secured in an upright position. Not more
     7  than a one-week supply of oxygen or gas shall be stored in any
     8  underground or surface shop. This quantity shall be determined
     9  in agreement with the department.
    10     (b)  Valves and hoses.--The valves on oxygen and gas tanks or
    11  cylinders shall be closed. The hoses shall be removed when not
    12  in actual use, except in a properly ventilated and protected
    13  underground machine shop or surface structure. Valves on empty
    14  tanks or cylinders shall be kept closed.
    15  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
    16     (a)  General rule.--Oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders and
    17  their contents must be used solely for their intended purposes.
    18     (b)  Training and clothing.--A person assigned to use and
    19  work with oxygen or gas shall be properly trained and skilled in
    20  its use and shall be fully conversant with the danger of its
    21  misuse. Any person using oxygen or gas in and about a bituminous
    22  coal mine shall be provided with goggles or shields, and the
    23  clothing of such person shall be reasonably free of oil and
    24  grease.
    25     (c)  Lighting of torches.--Only a safe type of spark-lighter
    26  shall be used for lighting torches. The use of matches,
    27  cigarette lighters, electric arcs or hot metal to light or
    28  relight a torch is prohibited.
    29     (d)  Maintenance.--The oxygen or gas hose lines, gauges and
    30  similar equipment shall be maintained in safe operating
    20080S0949B1685                 - 104 -    

     1  condition. Defective tanks, cylinders, gauges, hose lines,
     2  torches and similar equipment shall be taken out of service upon
     3  discovery and shall not be put into use until corrected and made
     4  safe.
     5     (e)  Multiple units permitted.--
     6         (1)  Multiple units consisting of one gas tank and one
     7     oxygen tank are permitted in a working section when
     8     necessary. When not in use, the tanks shall be removed to a
     9     point outby the last open crosscut and kept away from power
    10     wires and electric equipment. A proper storage area must be
    11     provided.
    12         (2)  This subsection does not apply to oxygen tanks used
    13     to provide breathable air in the event of an emergency.
    14     (f)  Pressure.--Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used under
    15  direct pressure from tanks or cylinders but must be used under
    16  reduced pressure not exceeding pressures recommended by the
    17  manufacturer of the oxygen or gas.
    18     (g)  Working sections.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
    19  welding shall be done in fresh intake air only in working
    20  sections. The area where the work is to be done shall be
    21  examined by a mine official before, during and after the welding
    22  or burning to assure that no fire or other danger exists. In the
    23  event the equipment to be repaired cannot be removed from the
    24  face area to outby the last open crosscut, the following shall
    25  be satisfied:
    26         (1)  Fresh intake air shall be established to a point
    27     inby where the cutting or welding is to be performed.
    28         (2)  An approved gas detection device shall be used by a
    29     mine official for gas detection during the cutting and
    30     welding operation.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 105 -    

     1         (3)  No person shall be permitted inby the point in the
     2     working section where cutting or welding operations are being
     3     performed.
     4     (h)  Safety requirements.--
     5         (1)  When oxygen or gas cutting, burning or welding is
     6     being done, a suitable fire extinguisher shall be kept on
     7     hand and ready for use. In dry or dusty locations, a water
     8     line and tap under pressure or an adequate supply of rock
     9     dust shall be available in the area where such work is
    10     performed.
    11         (2)  Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used near oil,
    12     grease or fine coal dust unless the oil, grease or fine coal
    13     dust is adequately cleaned or made inert by the use of rock
    14     dust or the area where the work is to be done is thoroughly
    15     wetted.
    16     (i)  Intake air activity.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
    17  welding shall be done in intake air only. Underground shops
    18  where oxygen gas burning occurs shall be on a separate split of
    19  air.
    20     (j)  Tests for leaks.--Tests for leaks on hose valves or
    21  gauges shall be made only with a soft brush and soapy water or
    22  soapsuds.
    23     (k)  Torch-tip cleaners.--An efficient and proper type torch-
    24  tip cleaner shall be kept on hand and used to maintain each
    25  torch in safe operating condition. A suitable wrench designed
    26  for oxygen and gas tanks shall be in the possession of the
    27  person authorized to use the equipment.
    28     (l)  Manifolding cylinders.--The practice known as
    29  "manifolding cylinders" shall be permitted if the installation
    30  is solidly grounded and operation thereof is in accordance with
    20080S0949B1685                 - 106 -    

     1  recognized safe procedures.
     2     (m)  Protection from power lines.--Oxygen and gas tanks or
     3  cylinders shall be protected from power lines or energized
     4  electrical machinery or equipment, and such tanks or cylinders
     5  shall be kept away from the place where the cutting is being
     6  done in order to prevent damage or accident and to prevent heat
     7  from affecting such tanks or cylinders.
     8  Section 265.  Duties of persons subject to this act.
     9     It shall be the duty of each operator, superintendent, mine
    10  foreman, assistant mine foreman and mine examiners and other
    11  officials to comply with and to see that others comply with the
    12  provisions of this act. It shall be the duty of all employees to
    13  comply with this act and to cooperate with management and the
    14  department in carrying out its provisions. Reasonable rules and
    15  regulations of an operator for the protection of employees and
    16  preservation of property that are in harmony with the provisions
    17  of this act and other applicable laws shall be complied with.
    18  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
    19     (a)  Goggles.--Welders and helpers shall use proper shields
    20  or goggles to protect their eyes. All employees shall have
    21  approved goggles or eye shields and use them where there is a
    22  hazard from flying particles or other eye hazards.
    23     (b)  Snug-fitting clothing.--Employees engaged in haulage
    24  operations and all other persons employed around moving
    25  equipment on the surface and underground shall wear snug-fitting
    26  clothing.
    27     (c)  Gloves.--Protective gloves shall be worn when material
    28  which may injure hands is handled, but gloves with gauntlet
    29  cuffs shall not be worn around moving equipment.
    30     (d)  Protective hats.--All persons shall wear protective hats
    20080S0949B1685                 - 107 -    

     1  while underground and while on the surface where falling objects
     2  may cause injury.
     3     (e)  Protective footwear.--Protective footwear shall be worn
     4  by employees, officials and others while on duty in and around a
     5  bituminous coal mine.
     6  Section 267.  Checking systems.
     7     Each bituminous coal mine shall have a check-in and check-out
     8  system that will provide positive identification upon the person
     9  of every individual underground. An accurate record of the
    10  individuals in the mine, which shall consist of a written
    11  record, a check board, a time clock record or another approved
    12  method shall be kept on the surface in a place that will not be
    13  affected in the event of an emergency. The record shall bear a
    14  number or name identical to the identification check carried by
    15  or fastened to the belt of all persons going underground.
    16  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
    17                 mine.
    18     (a)  Prohibitions regarding ventilation.--No miner, worker or
    19  other person shall knowingly damage, obstruct or remove any
    20  shaft, lamp, instrument, air course or other equipment, obstruct
    21  or disrupt any portion of the mine's ventilation, carry open
    22  lights, open a door closed for directing ventilation and not
    23  close it again or enter any part of a mine that has been
    24  dangered off. No person shall deface, pull down or destroy any
    25  notice boards, record books or mine maps.
    26     (b)  Smoking prohibition.--Open lights, smoking and smokers'
    27  articles, including matches, are prohibited in bituminous coal
    28  mines. No person shall at any time enter a mine with or carry
    29  into the mine any matches, pipes, cigars, cigarettes or any
    30  device for making lights or fire not approved. In all mines the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 108 -    

     1  operator may search or cause to be searched any person,
     2  including his clothing and material belongings, entering or
     3  about to enter the mine, or inside the mine, to prevent such
     4  person from taking or carrying into the mine any of the articles
     5  prohibited by this subsection.
     6     (c)  Intoxicated persons.--No person under the influence of
     7  alcohol or a controlled substance shall enter into or loiter
     8  about any mine. No person shall have in his possession alcohol
     9  or controlled substances while in or about the mine premises.
    10  This provision shall not apply to the use of medication as
    11  prescribed for that person.
    12  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
    13                 equipment.
    14     Equipment operators shall exercise reasonable care in the
    15  operation of the equipment entrusted to them and shall promptly
    16  report defects known to them.
    17  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
    18     Individuals exposed for short periods to gas, dust, fume and
    19  mist inhalation hazards shall wear approved respiratory
    20  equipment. When exposure is for prolonged periods, dust shall be
    21  controlled by the use of approved dust collectors or by water or
    22  other approved methods.
    23  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
    24     (a)  Locking.--The cutting devices of mining machines shall
    25  be locked securely by mechanical means or electrical interlocks
    26  while the machines are parked or being trammed. Loading machines
    27  shall not be trammed with loading arms in motion except when
    28  loading materials.
    29     (b)  Guarding.--Belt chain or rope drives and the moving
    30  parts of machinery which are within seven feet of the floor,
    20080S0949B1685                 - 109 -    

     1  ground or platform level, unless isolated, shall be guarded
     2  adequately. Repair pits shall be kept covered or guarded at all
     3  times when not in use. Machinery shall not be lubricated or
     4  repaired while in motion, except where safe remote lubricating
     5  devices are used. Machinery shall not be started until the
     6  person lubricating or repairing it has given a clear signal.
     7  Guards that have been removed shall be replaced before the
     8  machinery is again put into use. Provision shall be made to
     9  prevent accumulation of spilled lubricants.
    10     (c)  Grinders.--Mechanically operated grinding wheels shall
    11  be equipped with safety washers and substantial retaining hoods
    12  covering two-thirds of the circumference of the wheel, and
    13  goggles or eye shields shall be used. Where stationary grinders
    14  are used, a tool rest shall be provided and the clearance
    15  between the wheel and tool rest shall not exceed one thirty-
    16  second of an inch.
    17  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
    18     In every bituminous coal mine where individuals are employed
    19  underground and in every active section of the mine, it shall be
    20  the duty of the operator or superintendent of the mine to keep
    21  on hand properly constructed stretchers, woolen and waterproof
    22  blankets and all requisites for use in case of emergency. No
    23  first aid material shall be removed or diverted without
    24  authorization, except in case of accident in or about the mine.
    25  It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent to have
    26  adequate ambulance service available promptly in the event of
    27  injury to any employee.
    28  Section 273.  Fire protection.
    29     (a)  Firefighting equipment.--Each mine shall be provided
    30  with suitable firefighting equipment adapted for the size and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 110 -    

     1  conditions of the mine.
     2     (b)  Standards for firefighting equipment.--At a minimum,
     3  firefighting equipment shall meet the following:
     4         (1)  Waterlines shall be capable of delivering 50 gallons
     5     of water per minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per
     6     square inch.
     7         (2)  A portable water car shall be of at least 1,000
     8     gallons capacity and shall have at least 300 feet of fire
     9     hose with nozzles. A portable water car shall be capable of
    10     providing a flow through the hose of 50 gallons of water per
    11     minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
    12         (3)  A portable chemical car shall carry enough chemicals
    13     to provide a fire extinguishing capacity equivalent to that
    14     of a portable water car.
    15         (4)  A portable foam-generating machine or device shall
    16     have facilities and equipment for supplying the machine with
    17     30 gallons of water per minute at 30 pounds per square inch
    18     for a period of 35 minutes.
    19         (5)  A portable fire extinguisher shall be either:
    20             (i)  A multipurpose dry chemical type containing a
    21         nominal weight of five pounds of dry powder and enough
    22         expellant to apply the powder.
    23             (ii)  A foam-producing type containing at least 2.5
    24         gallons of foam-producing liquids and enough expellant to
    25         supply the foam.
    26         (6)  Only fire extinguishers approved by the Underwriters
    27     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corp.,
    28     carrying appropriate labels as to the type and purpose shall
    29     be used. All portable fire extinguishers shall have a 2A 10
    30     BC or higher rating.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 111 -    

     1         (7)  The fire hose shall be lined with a flame-resistant
     2     material. The cover shall be polyester or other material with
     3     flame-spread qualities and mildew resistance equal or
     4     superior to polyester. The bursting pressure shall be at
     5     least four times the water pressure at the valve to the hose
     6     inlet with the valve closed, and the maximum water pressure
     7     in the hose nozzle shall not exceed 100 pounds per square
     8     inch.
     9     (c)  Working sections.--
    10         (1)  Each working section of a mine producing 300 tons or
    11     more per shift shall be provided with two portable fire
    12     extinguishers and 240 pounds of rock dust in bags or other
    13     suitable containers. Water lines shall extend to each section
    14     loading point and be equipped with enough fire hose to reach
    15     each working face unless the section loading point is
    16     provided with one of the following:
    17             (i)  two portable water cars;
    18             (ii)  two portable chemical cars; or
    19             (iii)  one portable water car or one portable
    20         chemical car, and either:
    21                 (A)  a portable foam-generating machine; or
    22                 (B)  a portable high-pressure rock-dusting
    23             machine fitted with at least 250 feet of hose and
    24             supplied with at least 60 bags of rock dust.
    25         (2)  Each working section of a mine producing less than
    26     300 tons of coal per shift shall be provided with:
    27             (i)  Two portable fire extinguishers.
    28             (ii)  Two hundred and forty pounds of rock dust in
    29         bags or other suitable containers.
    30             (iii)  At least 500 gallons of water and at least
    20080S0949B1685                 - 112 -    

     1         three pails of ten-quart capacity. In lieu of the 500-
     2         gallon water supply, a water line with sufficient hose to
     3         reach the working places, a portable water car with a
     4         500-gallon capacity or a portable all-purpose dry powder
     5         chemical car of at least 125 pounds capacity may be
     6         provided.
     7     (d)  Belt conveyors.--In all mines, water lines shall be
     8  installed parallel to the entire length of belt conveyors and
     9  shall be equipped with fire hose outlets with valves at 300-foot
    10  intervals along each belt conveyor and at tailpieces. At least
    11  500 feet of fire hose with fittings suitable for connection with
    12  each belt conveyor water line system shall be stored at
    13  strategic locations along the belt conveyor. Water lines may be
    14  installed in entries adjacent to the conveyor entry belt as long
    15  as the outlets project into the belt conveyor entry.
    16     (e)  Haulage tracks.--
    17         (1)  In a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
    18     shift, water lines shall be installed parallel to all haulage
    19     tracks using mechanized equipment in the track or adjacent
    20     entry and shall extend to the loading point of each working
    21     section. Water lines shall be equipped with outlet valves at
    22     intervals of not more than 500 feet, and 500 feet of fire
    23     hose with fittings suitable for connection with such water
    24     lines shall be provided at strategic locations. Two portable
    25     water cars, readily available, may be used in lieu of water
    26     lines prescribed under this paragraph.
    27         (2)  In a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    28     shift, there shall be provided at 500-foot intervals in all
    29     main and secondary haulage roads:
    30             (i)  a tank of water of at least 55-gallon capacity
    20080S0949B1685                 - 113 -    

     1         with at least three pails of not less than ten-quart
     2         capacity; or
     3             (ii)  not less than 240 pounds of bagged rock dust.
     4     (f)  Transportation.--Each track or off-track locomotive,
     5  self-propelled mantrip car or personnel carrier shall be
     6  equipped with one portable fire extinguisher.
     7     (g)  Electrical installations.--
     8         (1)  Two portable fire extinguishers or one extinguisher
     9     having at least twice the minimum capacity specified for a
    10     portable fire extinguisher specified in subsection (b)(5)
    11     shall be provided at each permanent electrical installation.
    12         (2)  One portable fire extinguisher and 240 pounds of
    13     rock dust shall be provided at each temporary electrical
    14     installation.
    15     (h)  Oil storage stations.--Two portable fire extinguishers
    16  and 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at each permanent
    17  underground oil storage station. One portable fire extinguisher
    18  shall be provided at each working section where 25 gallons or
    19  more of oil is stored in addition to extinguishers required
    20  under subsection (c).
    21     (i)  Welding, cutting and soldering.--One portable fire
    22  extinguisher or 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at
    23  locations where welding, cutting or soldering with arc or flame
    24  is being done.
    25     (j)  Power lines.--At each wooden door through which power
    26  lines pass, there shall be one portable fire extinguisher or 240
    27  pounds of rock dust within 25 feet of the door on the intake air
    28  side.
    29     (k)  Emergency materials.--
    30         (1)  At a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
    20080S0949B1685                 - 114 -    

     1     shift, there shall be readily available the following
     2     materials at locations not exceeding two miles from each
     3     working section:
     4             (i)  One thousand board feet of brattice boards.
     5             (ii)  Two rolls of brattice cloth.
     6             (iii)  Two handsaws.
     7             (iv)  Twenty-five pounds of 8d nails.
     8             (v)  Twenty-five pounds of 10d nails.
     9             (vi)  Twenty-five pounds of 16d nails.
    10             (vii)  Three claw hammers.
    11             (viii)  Twenty-five bags of wood fiber plaster or ten
    12         bags of cement, or equivalent material for stoppings.
    13             (ix)  Five tons of rock dust.
    14         (2)  At a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    15     shift, the materials set forth in this subsection shall be
    16     available at the mine, provided, however, that the emergency
    17     materials for one or more mines may be stored at a central
    18     warehouse or building supply company and the supply must be
    19     the equivalent of that required for all mines involved and
    20     within an hour's delivery time from each mine. This exception
    21     shall not apply where the active working sections are more
    22     than two miles from the surface.
    23     (l)  Condition and examination of firefighting equipment.--
    24  All firefighting equipment shall be maintained in a usable and
    25  operative condition. Chemical extinguishers shall be examined
    26  every six months, and the date of the examination shall be
    27  written on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.
    28     (m)  Branch lines.--As a part of the deluge-type water spray
    29  system, two or more branch lines of nozzles shall be installed.
    30  The maximum distance between nozzles shall not exceed eight
    20080S0949B1685                 - 115 -    

     1  feet.
     2     (n)  Installation of foam generator systems.--
     3         (1)  Foam generator systems shall be located so as to
     4     discharge foam to the belt drive, belt take-up, electrical
     5     controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt.
     6         (2)  Foam generator systems shall be equipped with a fire
     7     sensor which actuates the system, and each system shall be
     8     capable of producing and delivering the following amounts of
     9     foam within five minutes:
    10             (i)  At fire-resistant belt installations, an amount
    11         which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt take-up,
    12         electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt
    13         over a distance of 50 feet.
    14             (ii)  At non-fire-resistant belt installations, an
    15         amount which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt
    16         take-up electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and
    17         conveyor belt over a distance of 150 feet.
    18         (3)  The foam generator shall be equipped with a warning
    19     device designed to stop the belt drive when a fire occurs,
    20     and all such warning devices shall be capable of giving both
    21     an audible and visual signal when actuated by fire.
    22         (4)  Water, power and chemicals required shall be
    23     adequate to maintain water or foam flow for no less than 25
    24     minutes.
    25         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
    26     out connection and a manual shut-off valve.
    27     (o)  Water sprinkler systems.--Water sprinkler systems may be
    28  installed to protect main and secondary belt-conveyor drives,
    29  however, where such systems are employed, they shall be
    30  installed and maintained in accordance with subsections (p),
    20080S0949B1685                 - 116 -    

     1  (q), (r), (s) and (t).
     2     (p)  Installation of water sprinkler systems.--
     3         (1)  The fire-control components of each water sprinkler
     4     system shall be installed, as far as practicable, in
     5     accordance with the recommendations set forth in the National
     6     Fire Protection Association, Code No. 13, entitled
     7     "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," in effect at the time of
     8     installation, and such systems' components shall be of a type
     9     approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Factory
    10     Mutual Research Corporation.
    11         (2)  Each sprinkler system shall provide protection for
    12     the motor drive belt take-up, electrical controls, gear-
    13     reducing unit and 50 feet of fire-resistant belt or 150 feet
    14     of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
    15         (3)  The components of each water sprinkler system shall
    16     be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage by
    17     roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
    18     (q)  Arrangement of sprinklers.--
    19         (1)  At least one sprinkler shall be installed above each
    20     belt drive, belt take-up, electrical control and gear-
    21     reducing unit, and individual sprinklers shall be installed
    22     at intervals of no more than eight feet along all conveyor
    23     branch lines.
    24         (2)  Two or more branch lines, at least one of which
    25     shall be above the top belt and one between the top and
    26     bottom belt, shall be installed in each sprinkler system to
    27     provide a uniform discharge of water to the belt surface.
    28         (3)  The water discharge rate from the sprinkler system
    29     shall not be less than .25 gallon per minute per square foot
    30     of the top surface of the top belt, and the discharge shall
    20080S0949B1685                 - 117 -    

     1     be directed at both the upper and bottom surfaces of the top
     2     belt and to the upper surface of the bottom belt. The supply
     3     of water shall be adequate to provide a constant flow of
     4     water for ten minutes with all sprinklers functioning.
     5         (4)  Each individual sprinkler shall be activated at a
     6     temperature of not less than 150 degrees Fahrenheit and not
     7     more than 300 degrees Fahrenheit.
     8         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
     9     out connection and a manual shutoff valve.
    10     (r)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet together with
    11  a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive shall be
    12  provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
    13     (s)  Fire warning devices at belt drives.--Each water
    14  sprinkler system shall be equipped with a device designed to
    15  stop the belt drive in the event of a rise in temperature, and
    16  each warning device shall be capable of giving both an audible
    17  and visual warning when a fire occurs.
    18     (t)  Examination and test.--Each water sprinkler system shall
    19  be examined weekly, and a functional test of the complete system
    20  shall be conducted at least once each year.
    21     (u)  Equivalent dry-pipe system.--Where water sprinkler
    22  systems are installed to protect main and secondary belt
    23  conveyor drives and freezing temperatures prevail, an equivalent
    24  dry-pipe system may be installed.
    25     (v)  Dry-powder chemical systems.--Self-contained dry-powder
    26  chemical systems may be installed to protect main and secondary
    27  belt conveyor drives; however, where self-contained dry-powder
    28  chemical systems are employed, they shall be installed and
    29  maintained in accordance with the provisions of subsections (w),
    30  (x), (y), (z), (aa), (bb), (cc) and (dd).
    20080S0949B1685                 - 118 -    

     1     (w)  Installation of dry-powder chemical systems.--
     2         (1)  Self-contained dry-powder chemical systems shall be
     3     installed to protect each beltdrive, belt take-up, electrical
     4     controls, gear-reducing units and 50 feet of fire-resistant
     5     belt or 150 feet of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the
     6     belt drive.
     7         (2)  The fire control components of each dry-powder
     8     chemical system shall be a type approved by the Underwriters
     9     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering
    10     Corporation.
    11         (3)  The components of each dry-powder chemical system
    12     shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage
    13     by roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
    14     (x)  Construction of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    15         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder system shall be
    16     equipped with hose or pipe lines which are no longer than
    17     necessary.
    18         (2)  Metal piping and hose between control valves and
    19     nozzles shall have a minimum bursting pressure of 500 pounds
    20     per square inch.
    21         (3)  Hose shall be protected by wire braid or its
    22     equivalent.
    23         (4)  Nozzles and reservoirs shall be sufficient in number
    24     to provide maximum protection to each belt, belt take-up,
    25     electrical controls and gear-reducing unit.
    26         (5)  Each belt shall be protected on the top surface of
    27     both the top and bottom belts and the bottom surface of the
    28     top belt.
    29     (y)  Sensing and fire-suppression devices.--
    30         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder chemical system shall
    20080S0949B1685                 - 119 -    

     1     be equipped with sensing devices which shall be designed to
     2     activate the fire control system, sound an alarm and stop the
     3     conveyor drive motor in the event of a rise in temperature,
     4     and provision shall be made to minimize contamination of the
     5     lens of any optical sensing device installed in the system.
     6         (2)  Where sensors are operated from the same power
     7     source as the belt drive, each sensor shall be equipped with
     8     a standby power source which shall be capable of remaining
     9     operative for at least four hours after a power cutoff.
    10         (3)  Sensor systems shall include a warning indicator or
    11     test circuit which shows it is operative.
    12         (4)  Each fire suppression system shall be equipped with
    13     a manually operated control valve which shall be independent
    14     of the sensor.
    15     (z)  Dry powder requirements.--Each dry powder chemical
    16  system shall contain the following minimum amounts of
    17  multipurpose dry powder:
    18         (1)  One hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
    19     fire resistant belts.
    20         (2)  Two hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
    21     non-fire-resistant belts.
    22     (aa)  Nozzles, flow rate and direction.--The nozzles of each
    23  dry-powder chemical system shall be capable of discharging all
    24  powder within one minute after actuation of the system, and such
    25  nozzles shall be directed so as to minimize the effect of
    26  ventilation upon fire control.
    27     (bb)  Safeguards for dry-powder chemical systems.--Adequate
    28  guards shall be provided along all belt conveyors in the
    29  vicinity of each dry-powder chemical system to protect persons
    30  whose vision is restricted by a discharge of powder from the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 120 -    

     1  system. Handrails shall be installed in these areas to provide
     2  assistance to those passing along the conveyor after a powder
     3  discharge.
     4     (cc)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet, together
     5  with a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive,
     6  shall be provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
     7     (dd)  Inspection of dry-powder chemical systems.--
     8         (1)  Each dry-powder chemical system shall be examined
     9     weekly, and a functional test of the complete system shall be
    10     conducted at least once each year.
    11         (2)  Where the dry-powder chemical system has been
    12     actuated, all components of the system shall be cleaned
    13     immediately by flushing all powder from pipes and hoses, and
    14     all hose damaged by fire shall be replaced.
    15  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
    16     (a)  Mine openings or outlets.--It shall be unlawful for the
    17  operator, superintendent or mine foreman of a mine to employ any
    18  person to work in the mine unless there are two openings or
    19  outlets to the surface from every seam of coal being worked, and
    20  available from every seam of coal entry, which openings or
    21  outlets shall have distinct means of ingress and egress
    22  available at all times for the use by the employees. The two
    23  openings to the surface required by this section shall not be at
    24  a common shaft, slope, or drift opening, except that multiple
    25  compartment shafts or slopes separated by substantially
    26  constructed walls of noncombustible material shall be considered
    27  as two separate and distinct openings. The distance between two
    28  shafts shall not be less than 200 feet, the distance between the
    29  openings to the surface of slopes shall not be less than 150
    30  feet and the distance between drifts shall not be less than 50
    20080S0949B1685                 - 121 -    

     1  feet, provided that the distance between the openings shall
     2  apply only to mines opened after the effective date of this act.
     3  The distances specified may be less with the written consent of
     4  the department. The passageways between the two shafts shall at
     5  all times be maintained in safe and available condition for the
     6  employees to travel, and the pillars in entries between the
     7  shafts shall not be removed without the approval of the
     8  department.
     9     (b)  Openings.--The requirements of subsection (a) shall not
    10  apply to the openings of a new mine, or to the openings of a new
    11  entry of an existing mine, that is being worked for the purpose
    12  of making connection between the two outlets, as long as not
    13  more than 20 persons are employed at any one time in making the
    14  connection or driving the second opening. The requirements of
    15  subsection (a) shall apply to any mine in which the second
    16  opening has been rendered unavailable by reason of the final
    17  robbing or removing of pillars, as long as not more than 20
    18  persons are employed in the mine at any one time.
    19     (c)  Safe egress.--Safe means of egress shall be available at
    20  all times for the persons employed in a mine that has no second
    21  outlet available.
    22     (d)  Entries.--Every mine shall have at least five main
    23  entries, two of which shall lead from the main opening and two
    24  of which shall lead from the second opening into the body of the
    25  mine. The fifth, which may be connected with an opening to the
    26  surface or with the intake airway at or near the main intake
    27  opening, shall be used exclusively as a travelingway for the
    28  employees.
    29     (e)  Intake and return entries.--The intake and return
    30  entries shall be kept reasonably drained and reasonably free
    20080S0949B1685                 - 122 -    

     1  from refuse and obstructions of all kinds, so that persons may
     2  safely travel throughout their whole length and have a safe
     3  means of egress from workings in case of emergency. The entries
     4  shall be separated by pillars of coal of sufficient strength.
     5  When the coal seam height is less than four and one-half feet,
     6  employees shall be provided a means of transportation in and out
     7  of the mine.
     8     (f)  Passageway between workings.--In every slope with
     9  workings on both sides, an overpass or underpass not less than
    10  five feet wide and five feet high shall be provided as a
    11  passageway for the use of employees to cross from one side of
    12  the slope to the other. The overpass or underpass shall connect
    13  with available passageways leading to the workings on both sides
    14  of the slope. The intervening strata between the slope and the
    15  overpass or underpass shall be of sufficient strength at all
    16  points to insure safety to the employees, provided, however,
    17  that if it is impracticable to drive an overpass or an underpass
    18  in the solid, an overpass or underpass, if substantially built
    19  with masonry or other incombustible material, will be deemed
    20  sufficient.
    21     (g)  Shafts less than 100 feet deep.--If the opening or
    22  outlet other than the main opening is a shaft not more than 100
    23  feet in depth and is used by employees for the purpose of
    24  ingress to or egress from the mine, it shall be kept available
    25  and in safe condition, certified free from dangerous gases and    <--
    26  all obstruction, and shall be fitted with safe and convenient
    27  stairways, with steps of an average tread of ten inches and a
    28  rise of nine inches, not less than two feet in width and not to
    29  exceed an angle of 45 degrees, and with landings not less than
    30  24 inches in width and four feet in length, at easy and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 123 -    

     1  convenient distances. Stairways shall be made safe by having
     2  handrails of suitable material placed on one side, or on both
     3  sides when requested by the department, and shall be inspected
     4  every 24 hours by a certified mine official employed for that
     5  purpose. Water that may come from the surface or from the strata
     6  in the shaft shall be conducted away so it will not fall on the
     7  stairways or on persons while descending or ascending them.
     8     (h)  Shafts more than 100 feet deep.--When a mine is operated
     9  by a shaft more than 100 feet in depth, the persons employed in
    10  the shaft shall be lowered and hoisted by means of machinery
    11  unless the second opening is a drift or a slope. When the
    12  employees are lowered into or hoisted from the mine at the main
    13  shaft opening, the second opening, if a shaft, shall be supplied
    14  with a stairway, constructed in the manner designated in this
    15  section or with suitable machinery for safely lowering and
    16  hoisting persons in case of an emergency.
    17     (i)  Slope openings.--At any mine where one of the openings
    18  required is a slope and is used as a means of ingress and egress
    19  by the employees, and where the angle of descent of the slope
    20  exceeds 15 degrees and its length from the mouth of the opening
    21  exceeds 1,000 feet, the employees shall be lowered into and
    22  hoisted from the mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per
    23  hour. At any mine where the angle of descent of the slope
    24  averages from five to 15 degrees and its length exceeds 3,000
    25  feet, the employees shall be lowered into and hoisted from the
    26  mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per hour, provided,
    27  however, that when a separate travelingway is provided at any
    28  such slope, the owner or operator may, at the owner's or
    29  operator's option, be exempt from the requirements of this
    30  section if the angle of the travelingway does not exceed 20
    20080S0949B1685                 - 124 -    

     1  degrees.
     2  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
     3     The superintendent shall not permit the mining of coal in any
     4  seam the entire distance to a permit boundary, not including
     5  boundaries around reservations or along crop lines, when on the
     6  adjoining property there are mine workings in the seam within
     7  3,000 feet of the permit boundary. A barrier pillar shall be
     8  left, from the operation to the permit boundary, of not less
     9  than ten feet plus two feet for every foot or part of a foot of
    10  thickness of the bed measured from the roof to the floor, plus
    11  five feet for each 100 feet or part of 100 feet of cover over
    12  the bed at the permit boundary. If the coal on one side of the
    13  permit boundary has been mined, prior to the effective date of
    14  this section, closer to the permit boundary than permitted, the
    15  barrier pillar to be left in the mine approaching the permit
    16  boundary shall be at least equal, when added to that already
    17  left in the adjoining mine, to that required on both sides of
    18  the permit boundary. If, in the opinion of the department or the
    19  superintendent of either mining property, the barrier pillar is
    20  deemed insufficient, after due notice to the operator of the
    21  adjoining mining property, one-half of the barrier pillar shall
    22  be left on each side of the permit boundary, except as provided
    23  in this section. The department, the superintendent or owner of
    24  either mining property shall determine the thickness necessary
    25  to afford safety and protection. If it is agreed by the
    26  department and superintendents of the adjoining coal mining
    27  properties that the permit boundary is so located that there is
    28  no danger to property or lives in mining coal on either or both
    29  sides of the permit boundary up to the permit boundary, then
    30  mining to the permit boundary shall be lawful if all danger from
    20080S0949B1685                 - 125 -    

     1  accumulated water and gas shall have first been removed by
     2  driving a passageway to tap and drain off any accumulations of
     3  water and gas, as provided for in this act.
     4  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
     5     The oiling or greasing of any cars inside any mine is
     6  strictly prohibited unless the place where the oil or grease is
     7  used is thoroughly cleaned at least once a day to prevent the
     8  accumulation of waste oil or grease. Not more than two days'
     9  supply of flammable oil or lubricant shall be stored in any
    10  portion of a mine unless it is kept in a fireproof building or a
    11  structure cut out of solid rock. Oil or grease stored in the
    12  face area shall be kept in approved containers and away from
    13  power wires and electric equipment. Accumulations of spilled oil
    14  or grease shall be rendered harmless. Excessive accumulations
    15  shall be removed from the mine. Closed metal containers shall be
    16  provided for the storage of oily rags or waste until removed for
    17  disposal. If any flammable oil or lubricants are stored
    18  underground, all reasonable safety practices shall be observed
    19  in order to minimize any dangers of fire.
    20  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
    21                 mines.
    22     (a)  Lighting.--It shall be unlawful to use open lights in
    23  mines, and only approved electric cap lamps, approved
    24  flashlights, approved safety lamps and other approved lighting
    25  equipment shall be used in mines.
    26     (b)  Gas detection devices.--All approved gas detection
    27  devices used for examining mines shall be in the care of the
    28  mine foreman or some other competent person appointed by the
    29  mine foreman, who shall have a duty to examine, test and deliver
    30  them in a safe condition to the individuals when entering the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 126 -    

     1  mine and to receive gas detection devices from the individuals
     2  when returning from work.
     3     (c)  Number of devices.--At every mine, a sufficient number
     4  of approved gas detection devices shall be kept in good
     5  condition for use in case of emergency.
     6     (d)  Entrusting of devices.--No approved gas detection
     7  devices shall be entrusted to any person for use in a mine until
     8  the person has given satisfactory evidence to the mine foreman
     9  that he understands the proper use of the gas detection device
    10  and the danger of tampering with the device.
    11     (e)  Duty to return device.--It shall be the duty of every
    12  person who knows their approved gas detection device is
    13  defective to return it immediately to a mine official.
    14  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    15     Any person who enters a mine without authorization from the
    16  superintendent commits a misdemeanor of the second degree. This
    17  section shall not be applicable to any person who enters a mine
    18  in the performance of any duty imposed upon him by this act.
    19  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals.
    20     Except as specifically authorized in this act, no employee or
    21  other person shall pass by any danger signal into any mine, or
    22  into any portion of any mine, or remove any danger signal before
    23  the mine or portion of the mine has been examined and reported
    24  to be safe. Any employee or other person shall not pass by any
    25  danger signal placed at the entrance to a working place, or any
    26  other place in the mine, or remove the danger signal without
    27  permission from the mine foreman, the assistant mine foreman or
    28  the mine examiner.
    29  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
    30     Each miner shall remain during working hours in the work area
    20080S0949B1685                 - 127 -    

     1  assigned by the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman.
     2  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
     3     (a)  Permanently abandoned shafts.--Every shaft permanently
     4  abandoned and taken out of service shall be filled for a
     5  distance of 25 feet with incombustible material.
     6     (b)  Out of service openings.--Every slope, drift or tunnel
     7  permanently taken out of service shall be filled for a distance
     8  of 25 feet with incombustible material.
     9     (c)  Drillholes and boreholes.--All drillholes and boreholes
    10  permanently taken out of service after the effective date of
    11  this act shall be effectively plugged or sealed.
    12     (d)  Openings available for future use.--Every shaft, slope,
    13  drift or tunnel, temporarily taken out of service, which may be
    14  used for future mining purposes shall be properly sealed or
    15  fenced.
    16  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
    17     Permanently installed ladders in mines that are more than ten
    18  feet in length and set on an angle of 60 degrees or more with
    19  the horizontal shall be provided with substantial backguards,
    20  and all ladders shall be maintained in good repair.
    21  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
    22                 materials.
    23     All buildings or structures in any bituminous coal mine shall
    24  be constructed of incombustible materials.
    25  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    26     It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent of a
    27  mine to provide a suitable building, convenient to the principal
    28  entrance of the mine, for the use of employees of the mine to
    29  wash and change clothes. The building shall be maintained in
    30  good order and be properly lighted and heated, shall be provided
    20080S0949B1685                 - 128 -    

     1  with hot and cold running water and facilities for persons to
     2  wash and shall include adequate sanitary facilities. The cost of
     3  providing and maintaining the conveniences and facilities shall
     4  be defrayed by the owner or operator of mine.
     5                             CHAPTER 3
     6                        ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
     7  Section 301.  Duties of mine foreman and superintendent.
     8     It shall be the duty of the mine foreman and superintendent
     9  to see that the requirements of this chapter for the
    10  installation and maintenance of electrical equipment are
    11  observed in and around coal mines.
    12  Section 302.  Definitions.
    13     As used in this chapter, the following words and terms shall
    14  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    15  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    16     "Armored cable."  A cable provided with a wrapping of metal,
    17  usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of
    18  mechanical protection.
    19     "Borehole cable."  A cable designed for vertical suspension
    20  in a borehole or shaft and is used for power circuits in a mine.
    21     "Branch circuit."  A tap taken off a main circuit.
    22     "Cable sheath."  A covering consisting of composition tapes,
    23  compound jackets of natural or synthetic rubber, or
    24  thermoplastic or fiber braids applied over the conductor
    25  assembly and insulation of multiple conductor cables.
    26     "Circuit breaker."  A device which may be controlled by
    27  relaying or protective equipment for interrupting a circuit
    28  between separable contacts under normal or abnormal conditions.
    29     "Delta-connected."  A delta-connected power system is one in
    30  which the windings of transformers or AC generators are
    20080S0949B1685                 - 129 -    

     1  connected to form a triangular phase relationship, with the
     2  phase conductors connected to each point of the triangle.
     3     "Difference of potential."  The difference of electrical
     4  pressure or electromotive force existing between any two points
     5  of an electrical system, or between any point of a system and
     6  the earth, as determined by a voltmeter or other suitable
     7  instrument.
     8     "Effectively grounded."  Grounded through a grounding
     9  connection of sufficiently low impedance, inherent or
    10  intentionally added, or both, so that fault grounds which may
    11  occur cannot build up voltages in excess of limits established
    12  for apparatus, circuits or systems so grounded.
    13     "Electrical face equipment."  Mobile or portable mining
    14  machinery having electric motors or accessory equipment normally
    15  installed or operated inby the last open crosscut in any entry
    16  or room.
    17     "Electric system."  All electric equipment and circuits that
    18  pertain to the operation of the mine and are under control of
    19  the mine management.
    20     "Explosion-proof or flame-proof."  Casings or enclosures
    21  which, when completely filled with a mixture of methane and air
    22  and the same exploded, are capable of either entirely confining
    23  the products of the explosion within the casing or discharging
    24  them from the casing so that they cannot ignite a mixture of
    25  methane and air, combined in proportions most sensitive to
    26  ignition and entirely surrounding the points of discharge, and
    27  in most intimate proximity with the points of discharge.
    28     "Flame-resistant cable."  A cable that meets the MSHA testing
    29  requirements for flame resistance and has been assigned an
    30  approval. A cable shall also be considered flame-resistant if it
    20080S0949B1685                 - 130 -    

     1  meets the criteria for flame resistance by a nationally
     2  recognized testing lab that is equivalent to the MSHA testing
     3  criteria and that is appropriately identified. All flame-
     4  resistant cables used underground shall have the approval number
     5  embossed or indented on the jacket at intervals not to exceed 12
     6  feet.
     7     "Ground."  A conducting connection, whether intentional or
     8  accidental, between an electric circuit or equipment and earth
     9  or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth.
    10     "Grounding conductor."  A metallic conductor used to connect
    11  the metal frame or enclosure of an equipment, device or wiring
    12  system with an effective grounding medium.
    13     "High voltage."  Voltage higher than 1,000 volts nominal.
    14     "Lightning arrestor."  A protective device for limiting surge
    15  voltages on equipment by discharging or bypassing surge current
    16  and for preventing continued flow of current to ground.
    17     "Low voltage."  Voltage up to 660 volts nominal.
    18     "Machine operator."  A person who possesses a machine runners
    19  certification and is placed in charge of a portable or mobile
    20  face machine of any sort where a gas examination is required
    21  under this act or regulations promulgated under this act.
    22     "Medium voltage."  Voltage from 661 to 1,000 volts nominal.
    23     "Mine power center."  A combined transformer and distribution
    24  unit which may include a rectifier, complete within a metal
    25  enclosure, from which one or more low-voltage, medium-voltage or
    26  high-voltage power circuits are taken.
    27     "Neutral."  A neutral point of connection established through
    28  the use of a grounding or zig-zag transformer with a normally
    29  ungrounded delta power system.
    30     "Neutral point."  The connection point of transformer or
    20080S0949B1685                 - 131 -    

     1  generator windings from which the voltage to ground is nominally
     2  zero and is the point generally used for system grounding in a
     3  wye-connected AC power system.
     4     Nonmetallic armor."  A tough outer covering or cable sheath
     5  of rubber, rubber compound or thermoplastic designed to protect
     6  the cable conductors and insulation from abrasion or other
     7  damage from external sources.
     8     "Portable trailing cable."  A flexible cable or cord used for
     9  connecting mobile, portable or stationary equipment in mines to
    10  a trolley system or other external source of electric energy
    11  where permanent mine wiring is prohibited or impracticable.
    12     "Potential of a circuit."  The voltage of a circuit machine
    13  or any piece of electrical apparatus is the potential difference
    14  normally existing between the conductors of such circuit or the
    15  terminals of the machine or apparatus.
    16     "Primary ground."  A low impedance ground bed or system
    17  consisting of several interconnected ground rods or buried
    18  conducting mesh, or both, located near an outdoor substation and
    19  used as a lightning arrestor or station ground or, separately,
    20  as a basic ground for one conductor of a power transmission or
    21  distribution system. A single ground rod of any length is not
    22  considered a primary ground.
    23     "Protection."  Fuses or other suitable automatic circuit-
    24  interrupting devices for preventing damage to circuits,
    25  equipment and abnormal personnel PERSONNEL BY ABNORMAL            <--
    26  conditions, such as over-current, high or low voltage and single
    27  phasing.
    28     "Rectifiers."  Alternating current to direct-current power
    29  conversion devices of the mercury-arc, silicon, selenium or
    30  other type.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 132 -    

     1     "Shielded cable." A cable in which the insulated conductor is
     2  covered with a conductive material for the purpose of clearing
     3  ground faults.
     4     "Voltage."  The phase-to-phase or line-to-line root-mean-
     5  square value assigned to a circuit or system for designation at   <--
     6  AS its voltage class. Actual voltage at which the circuit or      <--
     7  systems operated may vary from the normal voltage with a range,
     8  which permits satisfactory operation of the equipment. The
     9  difference of electrical pressure or electromotive force
    10  existing between any two points of an electrical system, or
    11  between any point of a system and earth, as determined by a volt
    12  meter or other instrument. The term shall be synonymous WITH the  <--
    13  term potential and shall mean electrical pressure.
    14     "Wye-connected."  A system in which one end of each phase
    15  winding of transformers or AC generators are connected together
    16  to form a neutral point, and the other ends of the windings are
    17  connected to the phase conductors.
    18     "Zig-zag transformer."  A three-phase transformer used to
    19  provide a neutral point on delta systems and capable of carrying
    20  continuously the maximum ground fault current of the system.
    21  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
    22     A plan shall be kept at the mine showing the location of all
    23  stationary electrical apparatuses in connection with the mine
    24  electrical system, including permanent cables, conductors,
    25  switches and trolley lines. The plan shall be of sufficient size
    26  to show clearly the position of the apparatus, and the scale
    27  shall not be less than 500 feet per inch. There shall be stated
    28  on the plan the capacity in horsepower of each motor, and in
    29  kilowatts of each generator, rectifier or transformer, and the
    30  nature of its duty. The plans shall be corrected as often as may
    20080S0949B1685                 - 133 -    

     1  be necessary to keep them up to date or at intervals not
     2  exceeding six months.
     3  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
     4     (a)  Electrical work.--No electrical work shall be performed
     5  on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-voltage distribution
     6  circuits or equipment except by a qualified person or by a
     7  person trained to perform electrical work and to maintain
     8  electrical equipment under the direct supervision of a qualified
     9  person. Disconnecting devices shall be locked out and suitably
    10  tagged by the persons who perform the work, except that in cases
    11  where locking out is not possible, the devices shall be opened
    12  and suitably tagged by such persons. Locks or tags shall be
    13  removed only by the person who installed them or, if the persons
    14  are unavailable, by persons authorized by the operator or the
    15  operator's agent.
    16     (b)  Insulating materials.--Mats of rubber, insulated
    17  platform or other suitable insulating materials shall be
    18  provided at all stationary transformers, rectifiers, motors and
    19  generators and their controls, except portable and mobile
    20  equipment. Gloves or mats of rubber or other suitable insulating
    21  material shall be provided by the operator and used by qualified
    22  persons when energized parts of electrical apparatus have to be
    23  handled for the purpose of adjustment.
    24  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    25     Instruction shall be posted in every generating, transforming
    26  and motor room and at the entrance to the mine containing
    27  directions as to the restoration of persons suffering from
    28  electric shock. All employees working in connection with
    29  electrical apparatus shall be familiar with and competent to
    30  carry out the instructions.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 134 -    

     1  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
     2     In the event of a breakdown or damage or injury to any
     3  portion of the electrical equipment in a mine, overheating, the
     4  appearance of sparks or arcs outside enclosed casings or in the
     5  event of any portion of the equipment not a part of the
     6  electrical circuit becoming energized, the equipment shall be
     7  disconnected from its source of power, the occurrence shall be
     8  promptly reported to a mine official and the equipment shall not
     9  be used again until necessary repairs are made.
    10  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    11     No person shall willfully damage or without authority alter
    12  or make connections to any portion of a mine electrical system.
    13  Section 308.  Capacity.
    14     All electrical apparatus and conductors shall be sufficient
    15  in size and power for the work they may be called upon to do
    16  and, as prescribed in this act, be efficiently covered or
    17  safeguarded. The electrical apparatus and conductors shall be
    18  installed, operated and maintained to reduce danger from
    19  accidental shock or fire to the minimum and shall be constructed
    20  and operated so that the rise in temperature caused by ordinary
    21  operation will not injure the insulating materials. Where these
    22  conditions are not met, affected equipment shall be removed from
    23  service until corrective action is taken.
    24  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
    25     All joints in conductors shall be mechanically and
    26  electrically efficient. Suitable connectors or screw clamps
    27  shall be used. All joints in insulated wire shall, after the
    28  joint is complete, be reinsulated to at least the same extent as
    29  the remainder of the wire.
    30  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 135 -    

     1     The exposed ends of cables where they enter fittings of any
     2  description shall be protected and finished off so that moisture
     3  cannot enter the cable, or the insulating material, if of an
     4  oily or viscous nature, leak. Where unarmored cables or wires
     5  pass through metal frames or into boxes or motor casings, the
     6  holes shall be substantially bushed with insulating bushings
     7  and, where necessary or required, with gas-tight bushings which
     8  cannot readily become displaced.
     9  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
    10     (a)  Construction.--Fuses and automatic circuit breakers
    11  shall be constructed as to effectively interrupt the current on
    12  short circuit or when the current through them exceeds a
    13  predetermined value. Open type fuses shall be provided with
    14  terminals. Circuit breakers shall be of adequate interrupting
    15  capacity.
    16     (b)  Trip setting.--Circuit breakers used to protect feeder
    17  circuits shall be set to trip when the current exceeds by more
    18  than 50% of the rated capacity of the feeder. In case the feeder
    19  is subjected to overloads sufficient to trip the circuit breaker
    20  but of short duration, the circuit breaker may be equipped with
    21  a device which will prevent its acting unless the overload
    22  persists for period longer than ten seconds. Trip current shall
    23  be indicated at the circuit breaker.
    24     (c)  Fuses.--Fuses shall be stamped or marked or shall have a
    25  label attached indicating the maximum current which they are
    26  intended to carry. Fuses shall only be adjusted or replaced by a
    27  competent person authorized by the mine foreman.
    28     (d)  Protective fuses.--Fuses used to protect feeders shall
    29  be a less current rating than the feeder.
    30     (e)  Incombustible base requirement.--All switches, circuit
    20080S0949B1685                 - 136 -    

     1  breakers and fuses shall have incombustible bases.
     2  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
     3     If the surface transmission lines of low voltage or medium
     4  voltage from the generating station are overhead, there shall be
     5  lightning arrestors installed at the generating station. If the
     6  distance from the generating station to the point where the line
     7  enters the mine is more than 500 feet, an additional arrestor
     8  shall be installed at that point.
     9  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
    10     (a)  Ground detectors.--All underground systems of
    11  distribution that are completely insulated from earth shall be
    12  equipped with properly installed ground detectors of suitable
    13  design which will trip the circuit breaker when a ground fault
    14  is detected. The ground detectors shall be maintained in working
    15  condition.
    16     (b)  Protection of circuits leading underground.--
    17         (1)  In every completely insulated feeder circuit in
    18     excess of 25 kilowatts capacity, leading underground and
    19     operating at a potential not exceeding the limits of medium
    20     voltage, there shall be provided above ground a circuit
    21     breaker arranged to open simultaneously each ungrounded
    22     conductor. In addition, a positive disconnect means shall be
    23     installed outby the circuit breaker. Overload protection
    24     shall be provided to open the circuit breaker in case of
    25     overload on any conductor. Fuses may be substituted for
    26     circuit breakers in circuits transmitting 25 kilowatts or
    27     less. Each power circuit in excess of 50 kilowatts leading
    28     underground shall be provided with a suitable ammeter.
    29         (2)  Every alternating current feeder circuit leading
    30     underground and operating at a potential exceeding the limits
    20080S0949B1685                 - 137 -    

     1     of medium voltage shall be provided above ground with a
     2     suitable circuit breaker. The breaker shall be equipped with
     3     automatic overload trip, arranged to open simultaneously each
     4     ungrounded power-carrying conductor. Each circuit shall also
     5     be provided with a suitable ammeter.
     6     (c)  Cables in shafts, slopes and boreholes.--
     7         (1)  All cables passing underground through inclines,
     8     boreholes and shafts shall be installed in a manner that will
     9     prevent undue strain in the sheath, insulation or conductors
    10     and damage by chafing of cables against each other or against
    11     the borehole casing or shaft. All ungrounded power conductors
    12     in shafts, boreholes and inclines shall be covered with
    13     suitable insulating materials and installed to provide a
    14     minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Conductors shall be
    15     securely fastened and properly supported out of contact with
    16     combustible materials. When the weight, length and
    17     construction of a cable are such that suspension from its
    18     upper end only would subject the cable to possible damage, it
    19     shall be supported at intervals necessary to prevent undue
    20     strains in the sheath, insulation and conductors and to
    21     provide a minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Adequate
    22     protection shall be provided so that no damage can result
    23     from water, electrolysis, moving cages, skips, ice, coal or
    24     other falling or moving materials.
    25         (2)  Installation of direct-current and alternating-
    26     current cables carrying in excess of 25 kilowatts in the same
    27     borehole shall require approval of the department.
    28     (d)  High-voltage underground transmission systems.--
    29         (1)  High-voltage conductors or cables leading
    30     underground and extending underground shall be of the flame-
    20080S0949B1685                 - 138 -    

     1     resistant type with either a rubber, plastic or armor sheath
     2     meeting the requirements of the department for flame
     3     resistance. When the cable is fed by high-voltage systems
     4     other than that described in this chapter, it shall be either
     5     metallic armored, installed in rigid steel conduit or buried
     6     one foot below combustible material. When circuit and
     7     protective requirements are met, the cable construction and
     8     method of installation may be that described in this chapter.
     9     Cables shall be adequate for the intended current and
    10     voltage. Splices made in cable shall provide continuity of
    11     all components and shall be made in accordance with cable
    12     manufacturers' recommendations. A competent person designated
    13     by the mine electrician shall supervise the making of the
    14     splices.
    15     (e)  Braid covered cable.--
    16         (1)  No power wires or cables having what is commonly
    17     termed as weatherproof insulation or insulation consisting of
    18     braided covering, which is susceptible to moisture absorption
    19     from the outer surface to the conductor, shall be installed
    20     in a mine.
    21         (2)  All insulated power cables purchased for use in a
    22     mine shall be protected by a flame-resistant jacket and
    23     assigned an approval number unless either armored or
    24     installed in rigid steel conduit, a metal enclosure or a
    25     fireproof room.
    26     (f)  Ventilation.--
    27         (1)  Bare power conductors shall not be installed in an
    28     air current that has passed through or by the first working
    29     place in the air split.
    30         (2)  High-voltage transmission cable, high-voltage motors
    20080S0949B1685                 - 139 -    

     1     and high-voltage transformers shall not be installed in any
     2     air current that has passed through or by the first working
     3     place in the air split.
     4     (g)  Underground cables in haulage roads.--
     5         (1)  Where the cables or feed wires, other than trolley
     6     wires, in main haulage roads cannot be kept at least 12
     7     inches from any part of a mine car or locomotive, they shall
     8     be specially protected by proper guards.
     9         (2)  Cables and wires, except trailing or portable cables
    10     or bare return cables, shall be installed on roofs, ribs,
    11     walls or timbers by means of efficient insulators. All
    12     electric cables constantly kept in rooms or pillars or other
    13     work areas shall be carried on suitable supports to within 70
    14     feet of the face of each work area. In no instance shall the
    15     method of support damage the cable jacket or armor.
    16         (3)  When main or other roads are being repaired or
    17     blasting is being carried on, suitable temporary protection
    18     from damage shall be given to the cables.
    19         (4)  All other wires, except telephone, shot-firing and
    20     signal wires, shall be on the same side of the road as the
    21     trolley wire.
    22         (5)  Haulage block signal circuits and other control
    23     circuits powered from the trolley shall be located on the
    24     same side of the road as the trolley.
    25     (h)  Branch circuit protection.--When the potential of a
    26  branch circuit exceeds the limit of medium voltage, it shall be
    27  protected by a circuit breaker, except as otherwise permitted
    28  under section 331(h). The circuit breaker shall be equipped with
    29  an automatic overload trip arranged to open simultaneously each
    30  ungrounded power carrying conductor. Provisions for positive
    20080S0949B1685                 - 140 -    

     1  disconnection of the branch circuit shall be included.
     2     (i)  Underground transformer and substation rooms.--
     3         (1)  Any motor-generator, rectifier except those
     4     described in subsection (j) (R), rotary converter or oil-      <--
     5     filled transformer installed in a mine shall be enclosed in a
     6     fireproof chamber of masonry or in an effectively grounded
     7     approved steel structure. These buildings shall be provided
     8     with automatically closing fire doors, but the automatic
     9     features of fire doors may be omitted if a substation
    10     attendant is employed. The openings of the doors shall be
    11     safeguarded by grillwork so that only authorized persons may
    12     enter the room. No electrical equipment containing
    13     inflammable material shall be placed within eight feet of a
    14     door or opening in the underground building. All underground
    15     substations containing rotary machinery shall have an
    16     attendant constantly on duty while rotating machinery is in
    17     operation, unless adequate control and protection of the
    18     equipment is assured by the use of suitable automatic
    19     devices. No transformer, circuit breaker, controller or other
    20     device containing more than 20 gallons of inflammable liquid
    21     shall be placed in any underground substation. A separate
    22     split of air shall adequately ventilate the substation. No
    23     substation shall be built in any mine until the location,
    24     material, construction and method of ventilation for the
    25     substation has received the approval of the department.
    26         (2)  Main and distribution switch and fuse boards shall
    27     be made of incombustible, moisture-resistant, insulating
    28     material and fixed in as dry a situation as practicable or
    29     shall be of suitable metal construction, exposed portions of
    30     which shall be effectively grounded. All switches, circuit
    20080S0949B1685                 - 141 -    

     1     breakers, rheostats, fuses and instruments used in connection
     2     with underground motor-generators, rotary-converters, high-
     3     voltage motors, transformers, and low-voltage and medium-
     4     voltage motors of more than 50 horsepower or 50 KVA capacity
     5     shall be installed upon a suitable switchboard or in a metal-
     6     clad switchgear structure. Similar equipment for low-voltage
     7     and medium-voltage motors of 50 horsepower and less may be
     8     separately installed if mounted upon insulating bases of
     9     suitable material or effectively metal clad.
    10     (j)  Clearances.--
    11         (1)  In underground stations where switchboards are
    12     installed, there shall be a passageway in front of the
    13     switchboard not less than three feet in width, and, if there
    14     are any high-voltage connections at the back of the
    15     switchboard, any passageway behind the switchboard shall not
    16     be less than three feet. The floor at the back of the
    17     switchboard shall be properly floored and insulated with
    18     nonconducting material, accessible from each end. In the case
    19     of high-voltage, switchboards shall be kept locked, but the
    20     lock shall allow the door being opened from the inside
    21     without the use of a key.
    22         (2)  Where the supply is at a voltage exceeding the
    23     limits of medium voltage, there shall be no live metal work
    24     on the front of the main switchboard within seven feet of the
    25     floor or platform, and the space provided under paragraph (1)
    26     shall not be less than four feet. Insulating floors or mats
    27     shall be provided for medium-voltage boards where live metal
    28     work is on the front.
    29     (k)  Transformers.--The primary of each underground power
    30  transformer shall be protected by a suitable circuit breaker
    20080S0949B1685                 - 142 -    

     1  equipped with automatic overload trip arranged to open
     2  simultaneously each ungrounded power conductor. The primary of a
     3  transformer of less than 25 KVA capacity operated at a potential
     4  lower than high voltage may be protected by fuses. When a
     5  transformer is the only load on a branch circuit, the branch
     6  circuit protection can be considered the transformer protection.
     7     (l)  Outgoing feeder protection.--Main circuits leaving
     8  underground substations or transformer stations shall be
     9  protected by circuit breakers.
    10     (m)  Grounding.--All metallic coverings, metal armoring of
    11  cables and the frames and bedplates of generators, transformers
    12  and motors shall be effectively grounded.
    13     (n)  Identification of hazard.--All high-voltage machines and
    14  apparatus shall be marked to clearly indicate that they are
    15  dangerous, by the use of the words "Danger, High Voltage."
    16     (o)  Protection of terminals.--All terminals on machines,
    17  motors or equipment over medium-voltage underground shall be
    18  protected with insulating covers or metal covers effectively
    19  connected to the ground.
    20     (p)  Unauthorized persons.--No person, other than one
    21  authorized by the mine foreman or mine electrician, shall enter
    22  a station or transformer room or interfere with the working of
    23  any connected apparatus.
    24     (q)  Fire protection.--Rock dust or fire extinguishers
    25  suitable for extinguishing electrical fires shall be kept ready
    26  for immediate use at electrical stations and transformer rooms.
    27     (r)  Fireproof rectifiers and transformers.--A portable
    28  rectifier with a dry-type transformer, except those using pumped
    29  tubes or glass bulb mercury arc tubes or a dry-type transformer
    30  designed for underground use with adequate automatic electrical
    20080S0949B1685                 - 143 -    

     1  protection and substantially of fireproof construction, fully
     2  metal clad, which will not be in the same location in excess of
     3  one year, may be installed in any intake air current, not beyond
     4  the last open crosscut and not closer than 250 feet along the
     5  air route to pillar workings. The location where the fireproof
     6  rectifier or transformer is installed need not be made fireproof
     7  with masonry or steel, but shall be equipped with doors,
     8  grillwork or otherwise to prevent entry or access by
     9  unauthorized persons.
    10  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
    11     (a)  General rule.--All storage battery equipment and
    12  charging stations shall be designed, operated and ventilated so
    13  that gas from the batteries will be safely diluted. Storage
    14  battery charging stations shall be on a separate split of air.
    15     (b)  Flammable materials.--The presence of flammable
    16  materials is not permitted in any storage battery room or
    17  charging station. Signs to this effect shall be posted in all
    18  battery rooms or charging stations.
    19     (c)  Use in face areas.--Storage battery-operated equipment
    20  may be used in face areas when all electrical parts that are
    21  practicable to enclose are enclosed in explosion-proof casings
    22  and the batteries are adequately ventilated.
    23  Section 315.  (Reserved).
    24  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
    25     (a)  Voltage restriction.--Hand-held tools shall be
    26  restricted to a maximum of 300 volts.
    27     (b)  Grounding.--The frame of all off-track equipment shall
    28  be effectively grounded through a safety ground conductor in its
    29  trailing cable.
    30     (c)  Hand-held tools.--Electric drills and other electrically
    20080S0949B1685                 - 144 -    

     1  operated rotating tools intended to be hand held shall be
     2  equipped with an integrally mounted electric switch designed to
     3  break the circuit when the hand releases the switch.
     4     (d)  Trailing cables.--
     5         (1)  Trailing cables for equipment shall be safely and
     6     efficiently insulated and constructed with an outer sheath or
     7     jacket of flame-resistant material as approved by the
     8     department.
     9         (2)  Cables for hand-held tools shall be especially
    10     flexible, heavily insulated and effectively protected from
    11     damage.
    12         (3)  Each trailing cable ON MOBILE EQUIPMENT in use shall  <--
    13     be examined within two hours of the beginning of each shift
    14     by the machine operator for abrasions and other defects. The
    15     machine operator shall also carefully observe the trailing
    16     cable while in use and shall immediately report any defect to
    17     the mine official in charge.
    18         (4)  In the event of the trailing cable in service
    19     breaking down or becoming damaged in any way, or of it
    20     inflicting a shock upon any person, it shall be put out of
    21     service at once. The faulty cable shall not be used again
    22     until it has been repaired and tested by a properly
    23     authorized person.
    24         (5)  The trailing cable shall be divided at the machine
    25     to which it is supplying power, but only for such length as
    26     is necessary for making connection to the machine terminals.
    27     The trailing cable, with its outer covering complete, shall
    28     be securely clamped to the machine frame in a manner that
    29     will protect the cable from injury and prevent any mechanical
    30     strains on the single ends connected to the machine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 145 -    

     1     terminals.
     2         (6)  No more than five temporary splices shall be made in
     3     any trailing cable. After the fifth splice is made, the cable
     4     shall be changed before the machine is operated on the
     5     following shift. Trailing cables on equipment without cable A  <--
     6     CABLE REEL shall have no temporary splices within 50 feet of
     7     the machine before the machine is operated on the following
     8     shift. Cable jacket repairs not involving conductors or
     9     conductor insulation are not considered temporary splices.
    10         (7)  Trailing cables shall be hung or adequately
    11     protected to prevent them from being run over and damaged by
    12     mobile machinery.
    13         (8)  Trailing cables on off-track equipment shall contain
    14     a safety ground conductor, which shall be solidly connected
    15     to the machine frame. Cables found to contain defective
    16     grounds shall be repaired before use or shall be replaced.
    17     The safety ground conductor shall have a cross-sectional area
    18     of at least 50% of that of a single power conductor unless
    19     used with ground trip protective systems employing ground
    20     fault current limiting devices, in which case a smaller
    21     safety ground may be used.
    22     (e)  Motors.--In all mines electrical equipment in use inby
    23  the last open crosscut shall have all current-carrying parts
    24  completely enclosed in explosion-proof enclosures. This
    25  requirement shall not include trailing cable, except where
    26  terminated, and shall not include flexible cable as required
    27  between motors, controllers, terminal boxes and other
    28  auxiliaries. The enclosures shall not be opened except by an
    29  authorized person and then only when the power is switched off.
    30  The power shall not be switched on while the enclosures are
    20080S0949B1685                 - 146 -    

     1  open. Only permissible equipment is permitted inby the last
     2  permanent stopping, except in rooms where open-type equipment
     3  may be used only in the intake travelway INTAKE TRAVELWAYS. This  <--
     4  exception does not include power distribution equipment.
     5     (f)  Safeguarding.--The person in charge of mobile electrical
     6  equipment shall not leave the machinery EQUIPMENT while it is     <--
     7  working and shall, before leaving the work area, see that power
     8  is cut off the trailing cables.
     9     (g)  Explosion-tested compartments.--All explosion-tested
    10  compartments and packing glands shall be maintained as approved
    11  by the department.
    12     (h)  Detection of gas.--
    13         (1)  In working places, an approved hand-held gas
    14     detection device shall be provided for use with each machine
    15     when working. If methane gas is detected in an amount of 1%
    16     or greater, the person in charge shall immediately stop the
    17     machine, cut off the current at the nearest switch and report
    18     the matter to a mine official.
    19         (2)  When not in use, equipment shall be parked away from
    20     the face. No electrically operated permissible face equipment
    21     shall be taken inby the last open breakthrough until the
    22     machine operator assures that an inspection for gas has been
    23     made in the place where the machine is to be in operation. If
    24     methane gas is detected in an amount of 1% or greater by a
    25     gas detection device, the machine shall not be taken in. The
    26     place shall be dangered off until the gas has been removed or
    27     rendered harmless.
    28         (3)  No electrically operated equipment shall be in use
    29     for a period longer than 20 minutes without a check for
    30     methane gas as required under this subsection. If methane gas
    20080S0949B1685                 - 147 -    

     1     is found at 1% or greater, the power shall immediately be      <--
     2     switched off, and the trailing cable shall be disconnected
     3     from the power supply. PERSON IN CHARGE SHALL IMMEDIATELY      <--
     4     STOP THE MACHINE, CUT OFF THE CURRENT AT THE NEAREST SWITCH
     5     AND REPORT THE MATTER TO A MINE OFFICIAL.
     6         (4)  The person finding gas shall at once report the fact
     7     to the mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner,
     8     and the machine shall not again be started in that place
     9     until the mine examiner or a person duly authorized by the
    10     mine foreman has examined it and pronounced it safe.
    11         (5)  If any electric sparking or arc is produced outside
    12     a coal-cutting or other portable motor, or by the cables or
    13     rails, the machine shall be stopped, disconnected from the
    14     power supply and not be worked again until the defect is
    15     repaired and the occurrence shall be reported to a mine
    16     official.
    17     (i)  Methane monitors.--
    18         (1)  Methane monitors shall be installed on all face-
    19     cutting machines and other mechanized equipment used to
    20     extract or load coal in a mine. The sensing device for
    21     methane monitors shall be installed at the return end of the
    22     longwall face. An additional sensing device shall also be
    23     installed on the longwall shearing machine, down wind and as
    24     close to the cutting head as is practicable. The sensing
    25     devices for methane on other types of machines shall be
    26     installed as close to the working face as is practicable.
    27     Methane monitors shall be maintained in permissible and
    28     proper operating conditions and shall be calibrated with a
    29     known air-methane mixture at least once every 31 days. To
    30     assure that methane monitors are properly maintained and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 148 -    

     1     calibrated, the operators shall do all of the following:
     2             (i)  Use persons properly trained in the maintenance,
     3         calibration and permissibility of methane monitors to
     4         calibrate and maintain the devices.
     5             (ii)  Maintain a record of all calibration tests of
     6         methane monitors. Records shall be maintained in a secure
     7         book that is not susceptible to alteration or
     8         electronically in a computer system so as to be secure
     9         and not subject to alteration.
    10             (iii)  Retain the record of calibration tests for one
    11         year from the date of the test. Records shall be retained
    12         at a surface location at the mine and made available to
    13         department representatives and representatives of the
    14         mine workers.
    15         (2)  When the methane concentrations at any methane
    16     monitor reach 1%, the monitor shall give a warning signal.
    17     The warning signal of the methane monitor shall be visible to
    18     the mining machine operator, who shall CAN de-energize         <--
    19     electric equipment or shut down diesel equipment on which the
    20     monitor is mounted. A GAS CHECK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN          <--
    21     ACCORDANCE WITH THIS ACT IF AT ANY TIME THE METHANE
    22     CONCENTRATIONS AT ANY METHANE MONITOR REACH 1.5%. THIS SHALL
    23     ONLY APPLY IF THE METHANE MONITOR MAINTAINS A WARNING SIGNAL
    24     FOR METHANE CONCENTRATIONS OF 1.5%.
    25         (3)  The methane monitor shall automatically de-energize
    26     electric equipment or shut down diesel-powered equipment when
    27     the methane accumulation reaches 2% or the methane monitor is
    28     not operating properly.
    29  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
    30     (a)  Inspection required.--All electrical equipment shall be
    20080S0949B1685                 - 149 -    

     1  inspected by the mine electrician or person designated by the
     2  mine electrician weekly and, where necessary, shall be cleaned
     3  and repaired.
     4     (b)  Removal of coal dust.--All electric motors and cables in
     5  mechanical sections shall have all excessive coal dust removed
     6  from their exterior surfaces once each operating shift.
     7  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
     8     Every stationary motor underground, together with its
     9  starting equipment, shall be protected by a fuse or circuit-
    10  breaking device on each ungrounded pole and by switches arranged
    11  to entirely cut off the power from the motor. The devices shall
    12  be installed in a convenient position near the motor, and every
    13  stationary underground motor of 100 brake horsepower or over
    14  shall be provided with a suitable meter to indicate the load on
    15  the machine.
    16  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    17     All electrical equipment not covered elsewhere under this
    18  act, and except room hoists and gathering pumps which will
    19  remain in the same location for a period of one year or more,
    20  shall be completely housed in an incombustible structure built
    21  of tile, brick, stone, concrete or grounded steel plates not
    22  less than one-eighth inch in thickness, securely joined.
    23  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
    24     (a)  Sockets.--In all mines, the sockets of fixed electric
    25  lamps shall be of so-called weatherproof type, the exterior of
    26  which shall be entirely nonmetallic. Flexible lamp cord
    27  connections are prohibited, except for portable lamps as
    28  provided under subsection (c).
    29     (b)  Lamps.--Electric lamps shall be placed so they cannot
    30  come in contact with combustible material.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 150 -    

     1     (c)  Portable electric lamps.--Portable electric lamps, other
     2  than battery lamps, shall not be used in connection with the
     3  repair and inspection of machines and equipment in face areas.
     4  When used elsewhere, they shall be protected by a heavy wire
     5  cage completely enclosing both lamp and socket and shall be
     6  provided with a handle to which both cage and socket are firmly
     7  attached and through which the lead-in wires are carried.
     8     (d)  Electric lamp enclosure.--Electric lamps, when used in
     9  face areas of any mine, shall be installed in explosion-proof
    10  enclosures.
    11     (e)  Electric lamp replacement.--Electric lamps shall be
    12  replaced by a competent and qualified person in face areas        <--
    13  PERSON. IN FACE AREAS, A QUALIFIED PERSON SHALL BE UTILIZED       <--
    14  after an examination for gas has been made with an approved gas
    15  detection device.
    16     (f)  Underground photography.--Underground photography using
    17  flash bulbs or other sources of artificial illumination shall be
    18  prohibited unless immediately preceded by an examination for gas
    19  by a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner and
    20  the place found safe.
    21  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    22     (a)  Telephone service.--Telephone service or equivalent two-
    23  way communication facilities shall be provided in all mines
    24  between the surface and each working section that is more than
    25  1,500 feet from the main portal.
    26     (b)  Telephone lines.--Telephone lines shall be carried on
    27  insulators, installed on the opposite side from power or trolley
    28  wires and, AND INSULATED ADEQUATELY where they cross power or     <--
    29  trolley wires, and insulated adequately.                          <--
    30     (c)  Lightning arrestors.--Lightning arrestors shall be
    20080S0949B1685                 - 151 -    

     1  provided at points where telephone circuits enter the mine.
     2     (d)  Telephone cables.--Telephone cables permanently
     3  installed in power boreholes containing unarmored power cables
     4  shall be either armored or protected at top and bottom by
     5  insulating transformers.
     6     (e)  Precautions.--All proper precautions shall be taken to
     7  prevent electric signal and telephone wires from coming into
     8  contact with other electric conductors, whether insulated or
     9  not.
    10     (f)  Standards generally.--Bells, wires, insulators, contact
    11  makers and other apparatus used in connection with electric
    12  signaling underground shall be of suitable design and of
    13  substantial and reliable construction and erected in such a
    14  manner as to reduce the liability of failures or false signals
    15  to a minimum.
    16     (g)  Potential.--In the face areas of any mine, the potential
    17  used for signal purposes shall not exceed 24 volts, and bare
    18  wires shall not be used for signal circuits.
    19     (h)  Voltage on signal circuits.--The voltage on signal
    20  circuits confined to intake air and using insulated conductors
    21  may be greater than 24 volts, but shall not exceed 125 volts
    22  average. This shall not apply to haulage block signal systems.
    23  Section 322.  Grounding.
    24     (a)  General rule.--In a direct-current electrical system,
    25  grounding shall consist in so connecting any part of an
    26  electrical system, including frames, to the earth that there
    27  shall be no difference of potential between them.
    28     (b)  Negative side to be grounded.--Only the negative side of
    29  the direct-current circuit shall be grounded.
    30     (c)  Rectifier diodes.--Rectifier diodes used at any
    20080S0949B1685                 - 152 -    

     1  bituminous coal mine shall be connected to the supply circuit
     2  through an isolating winding in order that isolation between
     3  alternating current and direct-current systems is effected        <--
     4  EFFECTIVE.                                                        <--
     5     (d)  Initial installation.--The initial installation of
     6  rectifiers at any bituminous coal mine shall be approved by the
     7  department before being energized.
     8  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
     9     In no case shall the potential used in the trolley system be
    10  higher than 600 volts.
    11  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    12     Disconnecting switches shall be installed underground in all
    13  main direct-current power circuits within 500 feet of the bottom
    14  of shafts, boreholes or at other places where main power
    15  circuits enter a mine.
    16  Section 325.  Bonding.
    17     Where air or water pipes parallel the grounded return of
    18  power circuits, the return shall be securely bonded to the pipes
    19  at frequent intervals to eliminate the possibility of a
    20  difference of voltage between rails and pipes and to prevent
    21  electrolysis of the pipes. The rail return shall be of
    22  sufficient capacity for the current used, independent of the
    23  capacity of the pipes. On main haulage roads, both rails shall
    24  be bonded, except welded track, and cross bonds shall be placed
    25  at points not to exceed 200 feet apart. On secondary haulage
    26  roads, one rail shall be bonded continuously.
    27  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
    28     (a)  Trolley wires and feeder lines.--All trolley wires and
    29  feeder lines installed on underground haulage roads shall be
    30  placed as far to one side of the passageway as is practicable,
    20080S0949B1685                 - 153 -    

     1  but not less than six inches outside of line of rail, and
     2  securely supported upon hangers which shall not be more than 24
     3  feet apart and efficiently insulated.
     4     (b)  Prohibition.--In all mines, trolley and feeder wires
     5  shall not extend beyond the last open crosscut and shall be kept
     6  at least 150 feet from open pillar workings.
     7     (c)  Switches or circuit breakers.--All branch trolley lines
     8  shall be fitted with either a trolley switch, circuit breaker or
     9  section insulator and line switch or some other device that will
    10  allow the current to be shut off from the branch headings.
    11  Switches or circuit breakers shall be provided on haulage roads
    12  to de-energize all trolley and feeder lines at intervals not to
    13  exceed 2,000 feet.
    14  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    15     (a)  Permanent connections.--All permanent connections to
    16  trolley feeder circuits shall be made with suitable mechanical
    17  connectors. No temporary or permanent connection shall be
    18  wrapped or tied.
    19     (b)  Temporary connections.--Temporary connections for
    20  portable equipment may be made through fused trolley taps.
    21     (c)  Safety ground and negative connections.--Safety ground
    22  and negative connections for temporary or permanent
    23  installations shall be made at two separate points, at least six
    24  inches apart, and shall be made directly to the track, a bond or
    25  the system ground.
    26  Section 328.  Guarding.
    27     At all landings and partings or other places where
    28  individuals are required to regularly work or pass under trolley
    29  or other bare power wires, which are placed less than six and
    30  one-half feet above top of rail, a suitable protection shall be
    20080S0949B1685                 - 154 -    

     1  provided. This protection shall consist of placing boards along
     2  the wire, which boards shall not be more than five inches apart
     3  nor less than two inches below the lowest point of the wire. The
     4  distance between boards on curves may exceed five inches, but
     5  shall not exceed eight inches. This does not prohibit the use of
     6  other approved devices or methods furnishing equal or better
     7  protection.
     8  Section 329.  Locomotives.
     9     (a)  Electric haulage.--Electric haulage by trolley
    10  locomotive is not permitted except on intake air.
    11     (b)  Certain operation prohibited.--It shall be unlawful to
    12  run or operate a locomotive, fed directly or indirectly from a
    13  trolley wire, by the open entrances to worked out places wherein
    14  the pillars have been drawn or places in which the pillars have
    15  not been drawn but in places where the roof has collapsed.
    16     (c)  Certain use proscribed.--No open-type electric
    17  locomotive or open-type electric machine of whatsoever type
    18  shall be taken into a working place. Main return airways or
    19  passageways shall not be used as haulageways for electric
    20  locomotives operated from a trolley wire.
    21  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    22     The outdoor substation shall be built in accordance with
    23  current Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers'
    24  standards and department equipment performance specification and
    25  shall include:
    26         (1)  Protective fence or enclosure.
    27         (2)  Primary or incoming line lightning arrestors.
    28         (3)  Positive disconnecting means on the incoming or
    29     primary line with a circuit breaker or fuses to interrupt
    30     safely any current, normal or abnormal, which might be
    20080S0949B1685                 - 155 -    

     1     encountered.
     2         (4)  Transformer bank to convert the incoming or primary
     3     voltage to the transmission voltage. The use of auto-
     4     transformers for this purpose is prohibited. Secondary or
     5     underground transmission voltage shall not exceed 15,000
     6     volts, nominal, phase to phase. The transformer may be
     7     connected delta-wye, wye-delta or delta-delta. Wye-wye
     8     connections shall not be used because of voltage instability
     9     under some conditions of load. In the event that the
    10     secondary winding is delta-connected, the neutral necessary
    11     for the four-wire transmission circuit shall be derived by
    12     the use of a three-phase zig-zag or grounding transformer.
    13     Where grounding transformers are used, they shall be of
    14     sufficient capacity to carry maximum ground fault current
    15     continuously. Should the substation primary or supply voltage
    16     equal the mine transmission voltage, the main transformer
    17     bank may be omitted and the zig-zag transformer used to
    18     derive a system neutral if one is not otherwise available.
    19         (5)  Secondary lightning arrestors.
    20         (6)  Ground fault-current limiting resistor capable of
    21     continuously limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    22     less. The resistor shall be adequately insulated and shall be
    23     protected by a grounded fence or screen unless mounted eight
    24     feet or more above ground.
    25         (7)  Secondary or mine feeder circuit breaker with
    26     interrupting capacity adequate for any possible condition of
    27     fault and no less than the short circuit capacity of the
    28     system supplying power to the breaker. Positive disconnect
    29     means shall be provided on the input and output side of the
    30     breaker. Use of automatic reclosing circuit breakers is
    20080S0949B1685                 - 156 -    

     1     prohibited. Breaker automatic tripping shall be through
     2     protective relays and shall provide, as a minimum, tripping
     3     by undervoltage, instantaneous and inverse time limit phase
     4     overcurrent, ground fault current not exceeding 15 amperes
     5     and ground-continuity check not exceeding seven amperes. The
     6     ground-continuity check circuit shall continuously monitor
     7     the integrity of the neutral circuit leading underground and
     8     shall cause the breaker to open when either the ground or
     9     pilot check wire is broken. An ammeter capable of reading
    10     current in each phase and a voltmeter capable of reading
    11     phase-to-phase voltage shall be provided at the circuit
    12     breaker.
    13         (8)  Surge protection or station ground bed to which
    14     shall be connected all lightning arrestor grounds, substation
    15     equipment frame grounds, fence, if metallic, and substation
    16     structure, if metallic. There shall be no direct connection
    17     between this ground bed and either the grounded side of the
    18     mine direct-current system or the neutral ground bed
    19     described below.
    20         (9)  Neutral or primary ground bed located at least 25
    21     feet away from the station ground at its closest point and to
    22     which shall be connected only the inby or load end of the
    23     neutral current limiting resistor. To prevent current
    24     transformer core saturation by stray direct current return
    25     currents, or neutral conductor damage, there shall be no
    26     direct or metallic connection between any point of the high-
    27     voltage alternating current neutral circuit and the mine
    28     direct-current ground.
    29         (10)  Ground bed resistance shall be measured at least
    30     every six months and appropriate action taken to assure the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 157 -    

     1     maintenance of four ohms or less of ground bed resistance. A
     2     record of these resistance measurements shall be kept in a
     3     book provided for that purpose.
     4  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
     5     (a)  Underground.--High-voltage cables leading underground
     6  and extending underground shall be of the multiple conductor
     7  flame-resistant type with a rubber, plastic or armor sheath
     8  meeting the requirements of the department for flame resistance.
     9  They shall be equipped with metallic shields around each power
    10  conductor. One or more ground conductors shall be provided of a
    11  total size either:
    12         (1)  not less than one-half the power conductor size; or
    13         (2)  capable of carrying two times the maximum ground
    14     fault current.
    15  There shall also be provided an insulated conductor not smaller
    16  than No. 10 AWG for the ground-continuity check circuit. Cables
    17  shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage. Splices
    18  made in the cable shall provide continuity of all components and
    19  shall be made in accordance with the cable manufacturers'
    20  recommendations. A competent person designated by the mine
    21  electrician shall supervise the making of splices.
    22     (b)  Subject to flexing.--High-voltage cables subject to
    23  repeated flexing shall be similar in construction to type SH-D
    24  in accordance with Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
    25  standard S-19-81.
    26     (c)  Couplers.--If couplers are used, they shall be of the
    27  three-phase type with a full metallic shell and shall be
    28  adequate for the voltage and current expected. All exposed metal
    29  on the couplers shall be grounded to the ground conductor in the
    30  cable. The coupler shall be constructed so that the ground
    20080S0949B1685                 - 158 -    

     1  continuity conductor shall be broken first and the ground
     2  conductor shall be broken last when the coupler is being
     3  uncoupled.
     4     (d)  Equipment passing over or under cable.--At locations
     5  where cables cross haulageways or travelways or where equipment
     6  must pass over or under the cable, the cables shall be either
     7  installed in a trench in the roof, protected by some mechanical
     8  means or buried at least 12 inches below combustible material
     9  and adequately protected from crushing by the weight of
    10  equipment passing over it.
    11     (e)  Location of installation.--High-voltage cables shall be
    12  installed only in intake airways. They may be installed on
    13  intake haulageways only with the approval of the department. The
    14  cable may be installed by hanging on suitable hooks or clamps,
    15  supported by a suitable messenger cable, burying or installing
    16  in metal conduit. When suspended, the distance between supports
    17  shall not exceed 20 feet, and they shall be so placed that they
    18  do not damage the cable jacket. When hung in a haulage entry
    19  containing a trolley wire, the cable shall be installed at least
    20  12 inches from the trolley wire or feeder wires and away from
    21  the track.
    22     (f)  Excess cable.--Any excess cable which is connected and
    23  supplying a load shall be coiled, stored on a reel or otherwise
    24  stored at a place near the load where it can be protected by
    25  dangering off the storage area. The cable shall not exceed 1,000
    26  feet in length.
    27     (g)  Frames and enclosures.--Frames and enclosures of high-
    28  voltage switch units, transformers, metallic cable couplers and
    29  splice boxes shall be grounded to the common or primary ground
    30  for the system in the high-voltage cable.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 159 -    

     1     (h)  Taps or branch circuits.--Taps or branch circuits from
     2  the high-voltage feeder shall be made through circuit breakers
     3  or suitable load break switches.
     4     (i)  Nonload breaking disconnect switches.--When nonload
     5  breaking disconnect switches are used for sectionalizing high-
     6  voltage circuits, they shall be fully metal clad, equipped with
     7  a door interlock to break the ground-continuity check circuit,
     8  thus tripping the feeding breaker when the door is open, and a
     9  voltmeter or indicating lights to verify that the circuit is
    10  deenergized before the disconnected switches are opened.
    11     (j)  Applicability.--For the purpose of interpretation and
    12  compliance with subsection (h) and section 313(h), the following
    13  apply:
    14         (1)  A branch circuit is a subportion of the high-voltage
    15     system, serving one or more loads. The branch circuit begins
    16     at the junction or splitting of the high-voltage system. The
    17     junction consists of the following distinct elements:
    18             (i)  Input feeder, which delivers power from the
    19         source.
    20             (ii)  Output feeder, which may extend the feeder to
    21         other parts of the high-voltage system.
    22             (iii)  Branch circuit.
    23     The output feeder is not considered as a branch circuit and
    24     is not required to have electrical protection at the
    25     junction, but receives electrical protection either at the
    26     source substation or at some place between the source
    27     substation and the junction. The branch circuit is required
    28     to have protection at the junction.
    29         (2)  A tap supplies power to the high-voltage loads
    30     located entirely within the enclosure where the connection is
    20080S0949B1685                 - 160 -    

     1     made. Where no splitting of the feeder cable occurs, neither
     2     a tap nor branch is created.
     3         (3)  A suitable load-break switch, which may be used in
     4     lieu of a circuit breaker, is a gang-operated switch with a
     5     voltage rating not less than the system voltage, capable of
     6     interrupting a current equal to its continuous full load
     7     rating and to be used in conjunction with fuses to provide
     8     overload and short circuit protection for the load being
     9     served.
    10  Section 332.  Load center.
    11     Transmission voltage shall be reduced to machine utilization
    12  voltage by a portable transformer or load center of adequate
    13  capacity for the equipment powered by it. The transformer shall
    14  be of the dry type, ventilated, nonventilated or sealed,
    15  substantially constructed and completely enclosed in a metal
    16  case. The metal enclosure shall be connected to the high-voltage
    17  system ground conductor in the high-voltage cable. Complete load
    18  center construction shall render it essentially fireproof. In
    19  addition to these requirements, the following shall be observed:
    20         (1)  Connection of the high-voltage cable to the load
    21     center shall be made through a cable coupler of the type
    22     described in section 331(c).
    23         (2)  The load center shall be equipped with a positive
    24     disconnect means on the incoming or high-voltage circuit.
    25     This may consist of a circuit breaker, load-break switch,
    26     disconnect switch or other device. The following apply:
    27             (i)  If a circuit breaker is used for this purpose,
    28         it shall be equipped with instantaneous and inverse time
    29         limit phase overcurrent and undervoltage relaying
    30         protection.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 161 -    

     1             (ii)  If a device other than a circuit breaker is
     2         used, it shall be so arranged that it cannot be operated
     3         until the ground continuity check circuit in the high-
     4         voltage cable has opened causing the nearest feeding
     5         circuit breaker to trip.
     6         (3)  The restriction of section 330(4) pertaining to
     7     transformer connections and use of zig-zag grounding
     8     transformers also apply to the load center.
     9         (4)  The transformer secondary neutral, direct or
    10     derived, shall be connected to machine trailing cable safety
    11     ground conductors through a ground current limiting resistor
    12     capable of limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    13     less. The inby side of the resistor shall be grounded to the
    14     load center frame if no DC equipment powered from a common
    15     mine DC system can contact the frames of AC equipment powered
    16     by this load center. In the event there is a possibility of
    17     frame contact between AC equipment and DC equipment supplied
    18     from a common DC mine system, the inby side of the resistor
    19     may be insulated from the load center frame and shall be
    20     solidly connected to the DC ground system.
    21         (5)  The load center shall be equipped with a main
    22     secondary breaker of adequate interrupting capacity with
    23     tripping devices which shall feed individual machine breakers
    24     located either in the load center or external to it in a
    25     separate distribution center. External utilization voltage
    26     connections shall be made through receptacles arranged so
    27     that they cannot be uncoupled under load.
    28         (6)  Load centers shall be located on intake air only.
    29     Load centers shall not be located beyond the last open
    30     crosscut or located closer than 250 feet along the air route
    20080S0949B1685                 - 162 -    

     1     to pillar workings.
     2  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
     3     (a)  General rule.--Distribution centers may be used to
     4  distribute utilization power to portable equipment. The
     5  distribution center may be connected to the load center through
     6  one or more cables or conductors protected by flame-resistant
     7  jackets with combined capacity sufficient to carry the maximum
     8  loads that may be encountered. The distribution center shall
     9  contain breakers adequate to interrupt any fault current that
    10  might occur, which shall feed each unit of equipment that is
    11  connected to the distribution center. Each breaker shall be
    12  equipped with tripping devices that will function, on overload,
    13  phase fault and ground fault. Distribution centers shall be
    14  located on intake air only, and shall not be located beyond the
    15  last open crosscut or closer than 150 feet from pillar workings
    16  unless the distribution center shall have an approved explosion-
    17  proof enclosure.
    18     (b)  Cables.--Utilization voltage cables shall be fitted with
    19  plug couplers and provision made so that cables cannot be
    20  uncoupled under load. All plugs and sockets shall be
    21  substantially constructed, and any exposed metal portions shall
    22  be grounded. Couplers shall be constructed so that the ground
    23  conductor connection is broken last during uncoupling.
    24     (c)  Ground conductors.--Utilization voltage conductors,
    25  cables or conductor groups shall contain one or more ground
    26  conductors which when combined shall be able to carry safely and
    27  continuously at least twice the maximum ground fault current.
    28     (d)  Option.--A combined alternating and direct-current
    29  distribution or load center complete within a substantially
    30  fireproof metal enclosure, with a dry type transformer and solid
    20080S0949B1685                 - 163 -    

     1  state rectifier and adequate automatic electrical protection,
     2  may be used to distribute alternating and direct current
     3  utilization power. The power supply to this unit may be low,
     4  medium or high voltage. When high voltage is utilized, the
     5  requirements of section 332 shall apply. When medium or low
     6  voltage is utilized, this section shall apply. However, when an
     7  external DC distribution device is employed, the rectifier
     8  output may be taken through a main DC circuit breaker to that
     9  device without the use of a plug and receptacle system.
    10  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    11                 equipment.
    12     (a)  Requirement.--Low-voltage, medium-voltage and high-
    13  voltage resistance ground systems shall have ground wire
    14  monitors to continuously monitor the continuity of the grounding
    15  circuits to the equipment affected, except for:
    16         (1)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits supplying
    17     power to longwall illumination systems.
    18         (2)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage stationary equipment
    19     installed in accordance with all of the following:
    20             (i)  The equipment is permanently installed at a
    21         fixed location.
    22             (ii)  All load components are securely attached to a
    23         common metallic frame or structure.
    24             (iii)  Each component of the equipment is grounded by
    25         two independent equipment safety grounding, each sized
    26         appropriately.
    27             (iv)  At least one of the equipment safety ground
    28         conductors to each component is visible for its entire
    29         length. High-voltage resistance grounded systems shall
    30         have ground wire monitors to continuously monitor the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 164 -    

     1         continuity of the grounding circuits. All ground wire
     2         monitors shall be designed and constructed to be
     3         failsafe.
     4     (b)  Study.--The mining industry shall initiate a study to
     5  enhance the safety of underground direct-current machine cables.
     6  The program shall include an evaluation of ground wire monitors
     7  for use on all direct-current equipment. The program shall
     8  include laboratory and underground testing. The test results
     9  shall be documented and presented to the Board of Coal Mine
    10  Safety no later than 365 days after the effective date of this
    11  act for action by the board.
    12     (c)  Additional study.--The mining industry shall initiate a
    13  study to enhance the safety of underground cables. The program
    14  shall include an evaluation of metallic shielded cable,
    15  nonmetallic shielded cable and more sensitive ground fault
    16  limiting and detection. The program shall include laboratory and
    17  underground testing. The results shall be documented and
    18  presented to the Board of Coal Mine Safety no later than 365
    19  days after the effective date of this act for action by the
    20  board.
    21     (d)  Plugs.--If plugs are used on any cable in a mine, the
    22  plugs must be interlocked.
    23  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    24     Sections 336 through 344 are electrical safety standards that
    25  apply to high-voltage longwall circuits and equipment. All other
    26  standards established under this act also apply to longwall
    27  circuits and equipment when appropriate. The department shall
    28  consider existing Federal interpretations of comparable
    29  standards when implementing and enforcing these requirements.
    30  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 165 -    

     1     (a)  High-voltage circuits.--High-voltage circuits must be
     2  protected against short circuits, overloads, ground faults and
     3  undervoltages by circuit-interrupting devices of adequate
     4  interrupting capacity as follows:
     5         (1)  Current settings of short-circuit protective devices
     6     must not exceed the setting specified in approval
     7     documentation or 75% of the minimum available phase-to-phase
     8     short-circuit current, whichever is less.
     9         (2)  Time-delay settings of short-circuit protective
    10     devices used to protect any cable extending from the section
    11     power center to a motor-starter enclosure must not exceed the
    12     settings specified in approval documentation or one-quarter
    13     second, whichever is less. Time-delay settings of short-
    14     circuit protective devices used to protect motor and shearer
    15     circuits must not exceed the settings specified in approval
    16     documentation or three cycles, whichever is less.
    17         (3)  Ground-fault currents must be limited by a neutral
    18     grounding resistor to not more than:
    19             (i)  six and one-half amperes when the nominal
    20         voltage of the power circuit is 2,400 volts or less; or
    21             (ii)  three and three-quarters of an ampere when the
    22         nominal voltage of the power circuit exceeds 2,400 volts.
    23         (4)  High-voltage circuits extending from the section
    24     power center must be provided with all of the following:
    25             (i)  Ground-fault protection set to cause de-
    26         energization at not more than 40% of the current rating
    27         of the neutral grounding resistor.
    28             (ii)  A backup ground-fault detection device to cause
    29         de-energization when a ground fault occurs with the
    30         neutral grounding resistor open.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 166 -    

     1             (iii)  Thermal protection for the grounding resistor
     2         that will de-energize the longwall power center if the
     3         resistor is subjected to a sustained ground fault. The
     4         thermal protection must operate at either 50% of the
     5         maximum temperature rise of the grounding resistor or 150
     6         Centigrade or 302 Fahrenheit, whichever is less, and must
     7         open the ground-wire monitor circuit for the high-voltage
     8         circuit supplying the section power center. The thermal
     9         protection must not be dependent upon control power and
    10         may consist of a current transformer and overcurrent
    11         relay.
    12         (5)  High-voltage motor and shearer circuits must be
    13     provided with instantaneous ground-fault protection set at
    14     not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
    15         (6)  Time-delay settings of ground-fault protective
    16     devices used to provide coordination with the instantaneous
    17     ground-fault protection of motor and shearer circuits shall
    18     not exceed one-quarter second.
    19         (7)  Undervoltage protection shall be provided by a
    20     device which operates on low voltage to cause and maintain
    21     the interruption of power to a circuit to prevent automatic
    22     restarting of the equipment.
    23     (b)  Current transformers.--Current transformers used for the
    24  ground-fault protection specified in subsection (a)(1), (4)(i)
    25  and (5) must be single window type and must be installed to
    26  encircle all three-phase conductors. Equipment safety grounding
    27  conductors must not pass through or be connected in series with
    28  ground-fault current transformers.
    29     (c)  Test circuit.--Each ground-fault current device
    30  specified in subsection (a)(4)(i) and (5) must be provided with
    20080S0949B1685                 - 167 -    

     1  a test circuit that will inject a primary current of 50% or less
     2  of the current rating of the grounding resistor through the
     3  current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
     4  interrupting device to open.
     5     (d)  Prohibition.--Circuit-interrupting devices shall not
     6  reclose automatically.
     7     (e)  Multiple cables.--Where two or more high-voltage cables
     8  are used to supply power to a common bus in a high-voltage
     9  enclosure, each cable must be provided with ground wire
    10  monitoring. The ground wire monitoring circuits must cause de-
    11  energization of each cable when either the ground monitor or
    12  grounding conductor of any cable becomes severed or open. On or
    13  after the effective date of this section, parallel-connected
    14  cables on newly installed longwalls must be protected as
    15  follows:
    16         (1)  When WHEN one circuit-interrupting device is used to  <--
    17     protect parallel-connected cables, the circuit-interrupting
    18     device must be electrically interlocked with the cables so
    19     that the device will open when any cable is disconnected; OR   <--
    20         (2)  When WHEN two or more parallel circuit-interrupting   <--
    21     devices are used to protect parallel-connected cables, the
    22     circuit-interrupting devices must be mechanically and
    23     electrically interlocked. Mechanical interlocking shall cause
    24     all devices to open simultaneously and electrical
    25     interlocking shall cause all devices to open when any cable
    26     is disconnected.
    27  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
    28     (a)  Section power center.--The section power center must be
    29  equipped with a main disconnecting device installed to de-
    30  energize all cables extending to longwall equipment when the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 168 -    

     1  device is in the open position.
     2     (b)  Maintenance.--Disconnecting devices for motor-starter
     3  enclosures must be maintained in accordance with the
     4  department's approval. The compartment for the disconnect device
     5  must be provided with a caution label to warn miners against
     6  entering the compartment before de-energizing the incoming high-
     7  voltage circuits to the compartment.
     8     (c)  Rating.--Disconnecting devices must be rated for the
     9  maximum phase-to-phase voltage of the circuit in which they are
    10  installed and for the full load current of the circuit that is
    11  supplied power through the device.
    12     (d)  Installation.--Each disconnecting device must be
    13  designed and installed so that:
    14         (1)  Visual observation determines that the contacts are
    15     open without removing any cover.
    16         (2)  All load power conductors can be grounded when the
    17     device is in the open position.
    18         (3)  The device can be locked in the open position.
    19     (e)  Capability.--Disconnecting devices, except those
    20  installed in explosion-proof enclosures, shall be capable of
    21  interrupting the full load current of the circuit or designed
    22  and installed to cause the current to be interrupted
    23  automatically prior to the opening of the contacts of the
    24  device. Disconnecting devices installed in explosion-proof
    25  enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with the
    26  department's approval.
    27  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
    28     (a)  High-voltage cables.--High-voltage cables shall be
    29  guarded at the following locations:
    30         (1)  Where persons regularly work or travel over or under
    20080S0949B1685                 - 169 -    

     1     the cables.
     2         (2)  Where the cables leave cable handling or support
     3     systems to extend to electric components.
     4     (b)  Intent and design of guarding.--Guarding shall minimize
     5  the possibility of miners contacting the cables and protect the
     6  cables from damage. The guarding shall be made of grounded metal
     7  or nonconductive flame-resistant material.
     8  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
     9     Longwall mining equipment shall be provided with cable-
    10  handling and support systems that are constructed, installed and
    11  maintained to minimize the possibility of miners contacting the
    12  cables and to protect the high-voltage cables from damage.
    13  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
    14                 equipment.
    15     (a)  General rule.--Energized high-voltage cables shall not
    16  be handled except when motor or shearer cables need to be
    17  trained. When cables need to be trained, high-voltage insulated
    18  gloves, mitts, hooks, tongs, slings, aprons or other personal
    19  protective equipment capable of providing protection against
    20  shock hazard shall be used to prevent direct contact with the
    21  cable.
    22     (b)  Standards, examinations, testing and replacement.--High-
    23  voltage insulated gloves, sleeves and other insulated personal
    24  protective equipment shall:
    25         (1)  have a voltage rating of at least Class 1, 7,500
    26     volts, that meets or exceeds ASTM F496-97, Standard
    27     Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and
    28     Sleeves (1997);
    29         (2)  be examined before each use for visible signs of
    30     damage;
    20080S0949B1685                 - 170 -    

     1         (3)  be removed from the underground area of the mine or
     2     destroyed when damaged or defective; and
     3         (4)  be electrically tested every six months.
     4  Section 341.  Maintenance.
     5     Compartment separation and cover interlock switches for
     6  motor-starter enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with
     7  section 342.
     8  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
     9     (a)  General rule.--In each high-voltage motor-starter
    10  enclosure, with the exception of a controller on a high-voltage
    11  shearer, the disconnect device compartment,
    12  control/communications compartment and motor contactor
    13  compartment shall be separated by barriers or partitions to
    14  prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-voltage
    15  conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be constructed
    16  of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    17     (a.1)  High-voltage shearers.--In each motor-starter
    18  enclosure on a high-voltage shearer, the high-voltage components
    19  shall be separated from lower voltage components by barriers or
    20  partitions to prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-
    21  voltage conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be
    22  constructed of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    23     (b)  Interlock switches.--Each cover of a compartment in the
    24  high-voltage motor-starter enclosure containing high-voltage
    25  components shall be equipped with at least two interlock
    26  switches arranged to automatically de-energize the high-voltage
    27  components within that compartment when the cover is removed.
    28     (c)  Circuit-interrupting devices.--Circuit-interrupting
    29  devices shall be designed and installed to prevent automatic
    30  reclosure of the cover.                                           <--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 171 -    

     1     (d)  Transformers.--Transformers with high-voltage primary
     2  windings that supply control voltages shall incorporate grounded
     3  electrostatic (Faraday) shielding between the primary and
     4  secondary windings. The shielding shall be connected to the
     5  equipment ground by a minimum No. 12 AWG grounding conductor.
     6  The secondary nominal voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, line
     7  to line.
     8     (e)  Test circuits.--Test circuits shall be provided for
     9  checking the condition of ground wire monitors and ground-fault
    10  protection without exposing personnel to energized circuits.
    11  Each ground-test circuit shall inject a primary current of 50%
    12  or less of the current rating of the grounding resistor through
    13  the current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
    14  interrupting device to open.
    15     (f)  Disconnect devices.--Each motor-starter enclosure, with
    16  the exception of a controller on a high-voltage shearer, shall
    17  be equipped with a disconnect device installed to de-energize
    18  all high-voltage power conductors extending from the enclosure
    19  when the device is in the open position.
    20         (1)  When multiple disconnect devices located in the same
    21     enclosure are used to satisfy the requirement of this
    22     subsection, they shall be mechanically connected to provide
    23     simultaneous operation by one handle.
    24         (2)  The disconnect device shall be rated for the maximum
    25     phase-to-phase voltage and the full-load current of the
    26     circuit in which it is located and installed so that:
    27             (i)  visual observation determines that the contacts
    28         are open without removing any cover;
    29             (ii)  the load-side power conductors are grounded
    30         when the device is in the open position;
    20080S0949B1685                 - 172 -    

     1             (iii)  the device can be locked in the open position;
     2             (iv)  when located in an explosion-proof enclosure,
     3         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
     4         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
     5         opening of the contacts; and
     6             (v)  when located in a nonexplosion-proof enclosure,
     7         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
     8         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
     9         opening of the contacts, or the device shall be capable
    10         of interrupting the full-load current of the circuit.
    11     (g)  Starters to be interlocked.--Control circuits for the
    12  high-voltage motor starters shall be interlocked with the
    13  disconnect device so that:
    14         (1)  The control circuit can be operated with an
    15     auxiliary switch in the test position only when the
    16     disconnect device is in the open and grounded position.
    17         (2)  The control circuit can be operated with the
    18     auxiliary switch in the normal position only when the
    19     disconnect switch is in the closed position.
    20     (h)  Determination of minimum available fault current.--A
    21  study to determine the minimum available fault current shall be
    22  submitted to the department to ensure adequate protection for
    23  the length and conductor size of the longwall motor, shearer and
    24  trailing cables.
    25     (i)  Shielded construction of certain cables.--Longwall motor
    26  and shearer cables with nominal voltages greater than 660 volts
    27  shall be made of a shielded construction with a grounded
    28  metallic shield around each power conductor.
    29     (j)  Instantaneous ground fault protection.--High-voltage
    30  motor and shearer circuits shall be provided with instantaneous
    20080S0949B1685                 - 173 -    

     1  ground fault protection of not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
     2  Current transformers used for this protection shall be of the
     3  single window type and shall be installed to encircle all three-
     4  phase conductors.
     5  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
     6     (a)  Qualified workers.--Electrical work on all circuits and
     7  equipment associated with high-voltage longwalls shall be
     8  performed by MSHA-qualified persons.
     9     (b)  Procedures for work on circuits and equipment.--Except
    10  for troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits and
    11  equipment as provided under subsection (d), prior to performing
    12  electrical work a qualified person shall do the following:
    13         (1)  De-energize the circuit or equipment with a circuit-
    14     interrupting device.
    15         (2)  Open the circuit-disconnecting device. On high-
    16     voltage circuits, ground the power conductors until work on
    17     the circuit is completed.
    18         (3)  Lock out the disconnecting device with a padlock.
    19     When more than one qualified person is performing work, each
    20     person shall install an individual padlock.
    21         (4)  Tag the disconnecting device to identify each person
    22     working and the circuit or equipment on which work is being
    23     performed.
    24     (c)  Restrictions relating to low-voltage, medium-voltage or
    25  high-voltage distribution circuits or equipment.--No electrical
    26  work shall be performed on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-
    27  voltage distribution circuits or equipment, except by a
    28  qualified person or a person trained to perform electrical work
    29  and to maintain electrical equipment under the direct
    30  supervision of a qualified person. Disconnecting devices shall
    20080S0949B1685                 - 174 -    

     1  be locked out and suitably tagged by the persons who perform the
     2  work, except that in cases where locking out is not possible,
     3  the devices shall be opened and suitably tagged by persons
     4  performing the work. Locks or tags shall be removed only by the
     5  persons who installed them or, if such persons are unavailable,
     6  by persons authorized by the operator or his agent.
     7     (d)  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits.--
     8  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits must be
     9  performed only:
    10         (1)  On low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits.
    11         (2)  When the purpose of troubleshooting and testing is
    12     to determine voltages and currents.
    13         (3)  By persons qualified to perform electrical work and
    14     who wear protective gloves. Rubber-insulating gloves shall be
    15     rated at least for the nominal voltage of the circuit when
    16     the voltage of the circuit exceeds 120 volts nominal and is
    17     not intrinsically safe.
    18     (e)  Troubleshooting and testing of multiple voltage
    19  circuits.--Before troubleshooting and testing a low-voltage or
    20  medium-voltage circuit contained in a compartment with a high-
    21  voltage circuit, the high-voltage circuit must be de-energized,
    22  disconnected, grounded, locked out and tagged in accordance with
    23  subsection (b).
    24     (f)  Conveyor belt structures.--Prior to the installation or
    25  removal of a conveyor belt structure, high-voltage cables
    26  extending from the section power center to the longwall
    27  equipment and located in the belt entries shall be:
    28         (1)  deenergized; or
    29         (2)  guarded in accordance with section 338, at the
    30     location where the belt structure is being installed or
    20080S0949B1685                 - 175 -    

     1     removed.
     2  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
     3                 equipment.
     4     (a)  Equipment subject to seven-day inspection schedule.--At
     5  least once every seven days, a MSHA-qualified person shall test
     6  and examine each unit of high-voltage longwall equipment and
     7  circuits to determine that electrical protection, equipment
     8  grounding, permissibility cable insulation and control devices
     9  are being properly maintained to prevent fire, electrical shock,
    10  ignition or operational hazards from existing on the equipment.
    11  Tests shall include activating the ground-fault test circuit.
    12     (b)  Equipment subject to 30-day inspection schedule.--Each
    13  ground-wire monitor and associated circuits shall be examined
    14  and tested at least once every 30 days to verify proper
    15  operation and to verify that it will cause the corresponding
    16  circuit-interrupting device to open.
    17     (c)  Removal or repair of equipment.--When examinations or
    18  tests of equipment reveal a fire, electrical shock, ignition or
    19  operational hazard, the equipment must be removed from service
    20  immediately or repaired immediately.
    21     (d)  Certifications and records.--At the completion of
    22  examinations and tests required by this section, the person who
    23  makes the examinations and tests shall certify by signature and
    24  date that they have been conducted. A record shall be made of
    25  any unsafe condition found and any corrective action taken.
    26  Certifications and records shall be kept for at least one year
    27  and shall be made available for inspection by authorized
    28  representatives of the department and representatives of miners.
    29  Section 345.  (Reserved).
    30  Section 346.  (Reserved).
    20080S0949B1685                 - 176 -    

     1  Section 347.  (Reserved).
     2  Section 348.  (Reserved).
     3  Section 349.  (Reserved).
     4  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
     5     (a)  Departmental discretion.--The department may require the
     6  approval of all underground equipment, surface substations
     7  feeding power underground, fans and personnel conveyances
     8  (elevators, man hoists and escape capsules) connected to an
     9  underground mine. All elevators at the time of installation
    10  shall meet the criteria established in the current American
    11  Society of Mechanical Engineers A17.1 Code, pertaining to
    12  special application elevators, mine elevators, connected to an
    13  underground mine. The equipment shall be grouped as follows for
    14  the purposes of approval:
    15         (1)  Bituminous face equipment (BFE) - permissible
    16     equipment.
    17         (2)  Bituminous open type equipment (BOTE) - non-
    18     permissible equipment.
    19         (3)  Bituminous power distribution equipment (BPDE) -
    20     nonpermissible power equipment.
    21         (4)  Surface installations:
    22             (i)   Mine power substations (MM-S).
    23             (ii)   Fans I (MM-F).
    24             (iii)  Personnel conveyances (MM-P).
    25         (5)   Minewide monitoring systems (MWMS).
    26     (b)  Limitation of approvals.--The approvals under subsection
    27  (a) are specifically limited by the provision that permissible
    28  equipment approved by the MSHA Approval and Certification Center
    29  that is not in conflict with and which meets the requirements of
    30  this act shall be deemed to be approved by the department.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 177 -    

     1     (c)  Procedures for approval.--The procedures for approval of
     2  underground and surface equipment are as follows:
     3         (1)  Approvals shall be limited to electrical systems,
     4     safety systems required by this act and specifications
     5     developed by the task force established by the parties and
     6     provided for under subsection (d).
     7         (2)  Newly purchased permissible equipment shall be
     8     constructed in a fashion as to provide accessibility for
     9     inspection of permissible components.
    10         (3)  The evaluation to determine whether the equipment
    11     should be approved shall be based strictly on the specific
    12     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
    13     specifications under subsection (d). In the absence of
    14     performance specifications for equipment or specific
    15     provisions of this act addressing such equipment; and if the
    16     department considers that the equipment as designed or built
    17     poses an unacceptable risk to the health or safety of miners,
    18     the following procedure shall be applied:
    19             (i)  The department, in a written report, shall
    20         specify the unacceptable risk, based upon objective
    21         ascertainable data and criteria approved by a nationally
    22         recognized standards organization.
    23             (ii)  The department shall convene a task force to
    24         develop specifications for the equipment in an expedited
    25         fashion.
    26             (iii)  If the task force is unable to develop
    27         applicable performance standards within 75 days, the
    28         department may continue to withhold approval based upon
    29         noncompliance with a mandatory safety standard of a
    30         nationally recognized standards organization that has
    20080S0949B1685                 - 178 -    

     1         been shown to be appropriate for mining.
     2         (4)  For new equipment, the prototype of which has not
     3     been previously approved, a manufacturer or operator shall
     4     submit to the department an application requesting approval.
     5     The request for approval shall include four schematics, a
     6     description and any other pertinent information for the
     7     equipment.
     8         (5)  The application under paragraph (4) shall be
     9     reviewed within 15 working days after receipt. Within the 45-  <--
    10     day 15-DAY period the department shall communicate verbally    <--
    11     and in writing to the applicant all discrepancies between the
    12     application and the equipment performance specifications. If
    13     the department does not communicate to the applicant within
    14     the 15 days as described in this paragraph, the application
    15     shall be deemed approved. If the applicant submits additional
    16     schematics or information, the department shall have an
    17     additional 15 days to communicate to the applicant concerning
    18     such additional schematics or information.
    19         (6)  When the application review under paragraph (5) is
    20     complete, an inspector shall be assigned to evaluate the
    21     equipment and the operator or manufacturer notified of that
    22     assignment. The equipment inspection shall be scheduled
    23     within 20 working days of the departmental inspector being
    24     notified. If the inspector gets to the inspection site and
    25     the equipment is not in conformance with the specific
    26     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
    27     specifications described in this section, the time frame
    28     shall stop. When the equipment has been modified to conform
    29     with the specific criteria set forth in this act and the
    30     performance specifications, the operator shall notify the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 179 -    

     1     department for a reinspection, and the department shall
     2     schedule the reinspection within ten working days. If the
     3     equipment is in conformance with the specific criteria set
     4     out in this act and the performance specifications described
     5     in this section, but the schematics are not, the equipment
     6     can be used, but the operator or manufacturer shall have ten
     7     working days to resubmit the corrected schematics or the
     8     equipment shall be taken out of service.
     9         (7)  For previously approved equipment that an operator
    10     proposes to modify, the approval procedure established for
    11     new equipment that has not been previously approved is to be
    12     applicable. The approval process shall address only the
    13     modification that has been made and shall not require changes
    14     to the components of the equipment that were initially
    15     approved. For the purpose of this paragraph, modification
    16     shall not include changes to equipment in which components
    17     are changed and replaced with components that provide
    18     equivalent protection. Modifications subject to approval
    19     shall include only those changes to equipment which affect
    20     whether the equipment still satisfies the applicable
    21     performance specifications described in this section or set
    22     out specifically in this act.
    23         (8)  Approved equipment and repaired equipment that has
    24     not been modified are outside the scope of the approval
    25     process and shall be handled under the mine inspection
    26     program of the department.
    27         (9)  Any direction to take corrective action shall be in
    28     writing and shall specify the provisions of this act or the
    29     performance specifications upon which the department relies.
    30         (10)  The department has the right to inspect equipment
    20080S0949B1685                 - 180 -    

     1     to determine that it is in compliance with applicable
     2     requirements of this act and the equipment performance
     3     specifications. The inspections shall be performed in the
     4     normal course of inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent
     5     feasible, minimize the disruption of production.
     6         (11)  New or rebuilt equipment that has been approved,
     7     but has not been inspected by an approval inspector, shall be
     8     inspected by a mine electrical inspector. The operator shall
     9     give reasonable notice to the mine electrical inspector for
    10     an inspection prior to the equipment entering the mine. The
    11     inspection shall be performed in the normal course of
    12     inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent feasible,
    13     minimize the disruption of production.
    14     (d)  Written criteria for equipment performance
    15  specifications.--A task force shall be established to develop
    16  written criteria for equipment performance specifications.
    17         (1)  The task force shall be comprised of equal numbers
    18     of representatives, not less than two nor more than four,
    19     selected by the department and the major trade association
    20     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth. Final
    21     consensus on performance specifications shall be determined
    22     by a majority of the task force.
    23         (2)  The task force shall develop performance
    24     specifications for approval of equipment and reserves the
    25     right, for just cause, to add or delete from the developed
    26     equipment performance specifications.
    27         (3)  All equipment performance specifications approved
    28     pursuant to the stipulation of settlement shall remain in
    29     effect unless and until they are modified, suspended or
    30     revoked by this act, regulations promulgated under this act
    20080S0949B1685                 - 181 -    

     1     or the equipment performance specifications task force.
     2     (e)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
     3  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
     4  subsection:
     5     "Permissible equipment."  As applied to electric face
     6  equipment, all electrically operated equipment taken into or
     7  used in or by the last open crosscut of an entry or a room of
     8  any coal mine the electrical parts of which equipment,
     9  including, but not limited to, associated electrical equipment,
    10  components and accessories, are designed, constructed and
    11  installed in accordance with the specifications of MSHA to
    12  assure that the equipment will not cause a mine explosion or
    13  mine fire, and the other features of which are designed and
    14  constructed, in accordance with the specifications of the
    15  Secretary of Environmental Protection, to prevent, to the
    16  greatest extent possible, other accidents in the use of the
    17  equipment.
    18                             CHAPTER 4
    19                      DIESEL-POWERED EQUIPMENT
    20  Section 401.  Underground use.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Underground use of inby and outby diesel-
    22  powered equipment, including mobile equipment, stationary
    23  equipment and equipment of all horsepower ratings, shall only be
    24  approved, operated and maintained as provided under this
    25  chapter, except for emergency fire-fighting equipment to be used
    26  specifically for that purpose.
    27     (b)  Required attendant.--All diesel-powered equipment shall
    28  be attended while in operation with the engine running in
    29  underground mines. For purposes of this subsection, "attended"
    30  shall mean an equipment operator is within sight or sound of the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 182 -    

     1  diesel-powered equipment.
     2     (c)  Required certifications or approvals.--Inby and outby
     3  diesel-powered equipment may be used in underground mines if the
     4  inby or outby diesel-powered equipment uses an engine approved
     5  or certified by MSHA, as applicable, for inby or outby use that,
     6  when tested at the maximum fuel-air ratio, does not require a
     7  MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate exceeding 75 c.f.m.
     8  per rated horsepower. If MSHA promulgates new regulations that
     9  change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    10  c.f.m. requirement per rated horsepower shall be revised either
    11  up or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    12  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    13  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    14     (a)  Approval.--All diesel-powered equipment shall be
    15  approved by the secretary as a complete diesel-powered equipment
    16  package which shall be subject to all of the requirements,
    17  standards and procedures set forth under this chapter.
    18     (b)  Diesel engine approval.--Diesel engines shall be
    19  certified or approved, as applicable, by MSHA and maintained in
    20  accordance with MSHA certification or approval and secretary
    21  approval.
    22  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    23     (a)  Exhaust emissions control systems.--
    24         (1)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), underground
    25     diesel-powered equipment shall include an exhaust emissions
    26     control and conditioning system that has been laboratory
    27     tested with the diesel engine using the ISO 8178-1 test and
    28     has resulted in diesel particulate matter emissions that do
    29     not exceed an average concentration of 0.12 mg/m3 when
    30     diluted by 100% of the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation
    20080S0949B1685                 - 183 -    

     1     rate for that diesel engine. If MSHA promulgates new
     2     regulations that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate
     3     ventilation rate, the dilution percentage relative to the
     4     approval plate ventilation rate shall be adjusted either up
     5     or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
     6     technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
     7         (2)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), the exhaust
     8     emissions control and conditioning system shall be required
     9     to successfully complete a single series of laboratory tests
    10     for each diesel engine, conducted at a laboratory accepted by
    11     the secretary.
    12         (3)  An exhaust emissions control and conditioning system
    13     may be approved for multiple diesel engine applications
    14     through a single series of laboratory tests, known as the ISO
    15     8178-1 test, only if data is provided to the technical
    16     advisory committee that reliably verifies that the exhaust
    17     emissions control and conditioning system meets, for each
    18     diesel engine, the in-laboratory diesel particulate matter
    19     standard established by this subsection. Data provided to
    20     satisfy this paragraph shall include diesel particulate
    21     matter production rates for the specified engine as measured
    22     during the ISO 8178-1 test, if available. If ISO 8178-1 test
    23     data for diesel particulate matter production is not
    24     available for a specified engine, comparable data may be
    25     provided to the technical advisory committee that reliably
    26     verifies that the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
    27     system shall meet, for the specified diesel engine, the in-
    28     laboratory diesel particulate matter standard established by
    29     this subsection. This standard shall only be used for in-
    30     laboratory testing for approval of diesel-powered equipment
    20080S0949B1685                 - 184 -    

     1     for use underground.
     2     (b)  Components of exhaust emissions system.--The exhaust
     3  emissions control and conditioning system shall include the
     4  following:
     5         (1)  A diesel particulate matter (DPM) filter that has
     6     proven capable of a reduction in total diesel particulate
     7     matter to a level that does not exceed the requirements of
     8     subsection (a)(1). However, the technical advisory committee
     9     may evaluate, in accordance with section 424, alternative
    10     technologies that have the ability to meet the 0.12 mg/m3
    11     standard.
    12         (2)  An oxidation catalyst or other gaseous emissions
    13     control device capable of reducing undiluted carbon monoxide
    14     emissions to 100 ppm or less under all conditions of
    15     operation at normal engine operating temperature range.
    16         (3)  An engine surface temperature control capable of
    17     maintaining significant external surface temperatures below
    18     302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    19         (4)  A system capable of reducing the exhaust gas
    20     temperature below 302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    21         (5)  An automatic engine shutdown system that shuts off
    22     the engine before the exhaust gas temperature reaches 302
    23     degrees Fahrenheit and, if water-jacketed components are
    24     used, before the engine coolant temperature reaches 212
    25     degrees Fahrenheit. A warning shall be provided to alert the
    26     equipment operator prior to engine shutdown.
    27         (6)  A spark arrestor system.
    28         (7)  A flame arrestor system.
    29         (8)  A sampling port for measurement of undiluted and
    30     untreated exhaust gases as they leave the engine.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 185 -    

     1         (9)  A sampling port for measurement of treated undiluted
     2     exhaust gases before they enter the mine atmosphere.
     3         (10)  For permissible diesel equipment, any additional
     4     MSHA regulations must be met.
     5     (c)  Diagnostics systems.--Onboard engine performance and
     6  maintenance diagnostics systems shall be capable of continuously
     7  monitoring and giving readouts for paragraphs (1), (2), (3),
     8  (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8). The diagnostics system shall
     9  identify levels that exceed the engine or component
    10  manufacturer's recommendation or the applicable MSHA or bureau
    11  requirements as to the following:
    12         (1)  Engine speed.
    13         (2)  Operating hour meter.
    14         (3)  Total intake restriction.
    15         (4)  Total exhaust back pressure.
    16         (5)  Cooled exhaust gas temperature.
    17         (6)  Coolant temperature.
    18         (7)  Engine oil pressure.
    19         (8)  Engine oil temperature.
    20  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    21     (a)  Minimum quantities.--Minimum quantities of ventilating
    22  air where diesel-powered equipment is operated shall be
    23  maintained pursuant to this section.
    24     (b)  Approvals.--Each specific model of diesel-powered
    25  equipment shall be approved by the secretary before it is taken
    26  underground. The secretary shall require that an approval plate
    27  be attached to each piece of the diesel-powered equipment. The
    28  approval plate shall specify the minimum ventilating air
    29  quantity for the specific piece of diesel-powered equipment. The
    30  minimum ventilating air quantity shall be determined by the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 186 -    

     1  bureau based on the amount of air necessary at all times to
     2  maintain the exhaust emissions at levels not exceeding the
     3  exposure limits established under section 419.
     4     (c)  (Reserved). MINIMUM AIR QUANTITIES.--THE MINIMUM          <--
     5  QUANTITIES OF AIR IN ANY SPLIT WHERE ANY INDIVIDUAL UNIT OF
     6  DIESEL-POWERED EQUIPMENT IS BEING OPERATED SHALL BE AT LEAST
     7  THAT SPECIFIED ON THE APPROVAL PLATE FOR THAT EQUIPMENT. AIR
     8  QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
     9  REQUIREMENT SHALL BE MADE AT THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT OF DIESEL-
    10  POWERED EQUIPMENT.
    11     (d)  Multiple units in operation.--Where multiple units are
    12  operated, the minimum quantity shall be at least the total of
    13  100% of MSHA's Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate for each
    14  unit operating in that split. Air quantity measurements to
    15  determine compliance with this requirement shall be made at the
    16  most downwind unit of diesel-powered equipment that is being
    17  operated in that air split. If MSHA promulgates new regulations
    18  that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    19  minimum quantity where multiple units are operated shall be
    20  revised on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    21  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    22     (e)  Minimum quantities of air in certain splits.--The
    23  minimum quantities of air in any split where any diesel-powered
    24  equipment is operated shall be in accordance with the minimum
    25  air quantities required in subsections (a) and (b) and shall be
    26  specified in the mine diesel ventilation plan.
    27  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
    28     (a)  General rule.--An underground diesel fuel storage
    29  facility shall be any facility designed and constructed to
    30  provide for the storage of any mobile diesel fuel transportation
    20080S0949B1685                 - 187 -    

     1  units or the dispensing of diesel fuel.
     2     (b)  Diesel fuel standards.--Diesel-powered equipment shall
     3  be used underground only with fuel that meets the standards of
     4  the most recently approved United States Environmental
     5  Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines for over-the-road fuel.
     6  Additionally, the fuel shall also meet the ASTM D975 standards
     7  with a flash point of 100 degrees Fahrenheit or greater at
     8  standard temperature and pressure. The operator shall maintain a
     9  copy of the most recent delivery receipt from the supplier to
    10  verify that the fuel used underground meets this standard.
    11     (c)  Requirements.--Underground diesel fuel storage
    12  facilities shall meet the following general requirements:
    13         (1)  Fixed underground diesel fuel storage tanks are
    14     prohibited.
    15         (2)  No more than 500 gallons of diesel fuel shall be
    16     stored in each underground diesel fuel storage facility.
    17     (d)  Location.--Underground diesel fuel storage facilities
    18  shall be located as follows:
    19         (1)  at least 100 feet from shafts, slopes, shops and
    20     explosives magazines;
    21         (2)  at least 25 feet from trolley wires, haulage ways,
    22     power cables and electric equipment not necessary for the
    23     operation of the storage facilities; and
    24         (3)  in an area that is as dry as practicable.
    25     (e)  Construction requirements.--
    26         (1)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
    27     meet the construction requirements and safety precautions
    28     under this subsection.
    29         (2)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
    30     meet all of the following:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 188 -    

     1             (i)  Be constructed of noncombustible materials and
     2         provided with either self-closing or automatic closing
     3         doors.
     4             (ii)  Be ventilated directly into the return air
     5         course using noncombustible materials.
     6             (iii)  Be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
     7         system complying with section 408. The technical advisory
     8         committee may recommend for approval an alternate method
     9         of complying with this section on a mine-by-mine basis in
    10         accordance with section 424.
    11             (iv)  Be equipped with at least two portable 20-pound
    12         multipurpose dry-chemical type fire extinguishers.
    13             (v)  Be marked with conspicuous signs designating
    14         combustible liquid storage.
    15             (vi)  Be included in the preshift examination.
    16         (3)  Welding or cutting other than that performed in
    17     accordance with paragraph (4) shall not be done within 50
    18     feet of a diesel fuel storage facility.
    19         (4)  When it is necessary to weld, cut or solder
    20     pipelines, cylinders, tanks or containers that may have
    21     contained diesel fuel, the following requirements shall
    22     apply:
    23             (i)  Cutting or welding shall not be performed on or
    24         within containers or tanks that have contained
    25         combustible or flammable materials until the containers
    26         or tanks have been thoroughly purged and cleaned or
    27         rendered inert and a vent or opening is provided to allow
    28         for sufficient release of any buildup pressure before
    29         heat is applied.
    30             (ii)  Diesel fuel shall not be allowed to enter
    20080S0949B1685                 - 189 -    

     1         pipelines or containers that have been welded, soldered,
     2         brazed or cut until the metal has cooled to ambient
     3         temperature.
     4  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
     5     (a)  General rule.--Diesel fuel shall be transferred as
     6  provided in this section.
     7     (b)  Pump transfers.--When diesel fuel is transferred by
     8  means of a pump and a hose equipped with a nozzle containing a
     9  self-closing valve, a powered pump may be used only if:
    10         (1)  the hose is equipped with a nozzle containing a
    11     self-closing valve without a latch-open device; and
    12         (2)  the pump is equipped with an accessible emergency
    13     shutoff switch.
    14     (c)  Compressed gas prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    15  transferred using compressed gas.
    16     (d)  Status of diesel engine.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    17  transferred to the fuel tank of diesel-powered equipment while
    18  the equipment's engine is running.
    19     (e)  Dry-system design.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    20  designed and operated as dry systems.
    21     (f)  Standards for pipes, valves and fittings.--All piping,
    22  valves and fittings shall meet the following requirements:
    23         (1)  Be capable of withstanding working pressures and
    24     stresses.
    25         (2)  Be capable of withstanding four times the static
    26     pressures.
    27         (3)  Be compatible with diesel fuel.
    28         (4)  Be maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
    29     (g)  Manual shutoff valves.--Vertical pipelines shall have
    30  manual shutoff valves installed at the surface filling point and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 190 -    

     1  at the underground discharge point.
     2     (h)  Exposed fuel pipelines.--Unburied diesel fuel pipelines
     3  shall not exceed 300 feet in length and shall have shutoff
     4  valves located at each end of the unburied pipeline.
     5     (i)  Horizontal pipeline prohibition.--Horizontal pipelines
     6  shall not be used to distribute fuel throughout a mine.
     7     (j)  Limitation on piping systems.--Diesel fuel piping
     8  systems shall be used only to transport fuel from the surface
     9  directly to a single underground diesel fuel transfer point.
    10     (k)  Restrictions related to boreholes.--When boreholes are
    11  used, the diesel fuel piping system shall not be located in a
    12  borehole with electric power cables.
    13     (l)  Inspections.--Diesel fuel pipelines located in any shaft
    14  shall be included as part of the required examination of the
    15  shaft.
    16     (m)  Location in entries.--Diesel fuel piping systems located
    17  in entries shall not be located on the same side of the entry as
    18  electric cables or power lines.
    19     (n)  Trolley-haulage limitations.--Diesel fuel pipelines
    20  shall not be located in any trolley-haulage entry, except that
    21  they may cross the entry perpendicular if buried or otherwise
    22  protected from damage and sealed.
    23     (o)  Protection.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    24  protected to prevent physical damage.
    25  Section 407.  Containers.
    26     (a)  General rule.--Containers for the transport of diesel
    27  fuel shall meet the requirements of this section.
    28     (b)  Limitations on containers.--Diesel fuel shall be
    29  transported only in containers specifically designed for the
    30  transport of diesel fuel.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 191 -    

     1     (c)  Limitations on vehicle transport.--No more than one
     2  safety can, conspicuously marked, shall be transported on a
     3  vehicle at any time.
     4     (d)  Standards for containers other than safety containers.--
     5  Containers, other than safety cans, used to transport diesel
     6  fuel shall be provided with the following:
     7         (1)  Devices for venting.
     8         (2)  Self-closing caps.
     9         (3)  Vent pipes at least as large as the fill or
    10     withdrawal connection, whichever is larger, but not less than
    11     one and one-fourth inch nominal inside diameter.
    12         (4)  Liquid-tight connections for all container openings
    13     that are identified by conspicuous markings and closed when
    14     not in use.
    15         (5)  Shutoff valves located within one inch of the tank
    16     shell on each connection through which liquid can normally
    17     flow.
    18     (e)  Tanks with manual gauging.--When tanks are provided with
    19  openings for manual gauging, liquid-tight caps or covers shall
    20  be provided and shall be kept closed when not open for gauging.
    21     (f)  Capacity of containers.--Containers used for the
    22  transport of diesel fuel shall not exceed a capacity of 500
    23  gallons.
    24     (g)  Certain containers as permanent fixtures.--Containers,
    25  other than safety cans, used for the transport of diesel fuel
    26  shall be permanently fixed to the transportation unit.
    27     (h)  Method of transportation.--Diesel fuel transportation
    28  units shall be transported individually and not with any other
    29  cars, except that two diesel fuel transportation units up to a
    30  maximum of 500 gallons each may be transported together.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 192 -    

     1     (i)  Prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be transported on
     2  conveyor belts.
     3     (j)  Fire extinguisher.--When transporting diesel fuel in
     4  containers other than safety cans, a fire extinguisher shall be
     5  provided on each end of the transportation unit. The fire
     6  extinguishers shall be multipurpose type dry-chemical fire
     7  extinguishers containing a nominal weight of 20 pounds.
     8     (k)  Fire suppression systems for diesel transportation
     9  units.--Diesel fuel transportation units shall have a fire
    10  suppression system that meets the requirements of section 408.
    11     (l)  Limitations where trolley wires are present.--In mines
    12  where trolley wire is used, diesel fuel transportation units
    13  shall be provided with insulating material to protect the units
    14  from any energized trolley wire, and the distance between the
    15  diesel fuel transportation unit and the trolley wire shall not
    16  be less than 12 inches, or the trolley wire shall be de-
    17  energized when diesel fuel transportation units are transported
    18  through the area.
    19     (m)  Parking restrictions.--Unattended diesel fuel
    20  transportation units shall be parked only in underground diesel
    21  fuel storage facilities.
    22     (n)  Emergency fueling restrictions.--Safety cans shall be
    23  used for emergency fueling only.
    24     (o)  Standards for safety cans.--Safety cans shall be clearly
    25  marked, have a maximum capacity of five gallons, be constructed
    26  of metal and be equipped with a nozzle and self-closing valves.
    27  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
    28     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel-
    29  powered equipment and fuel transportation units shall meet the
    30  requirements of this section.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 193 -    

     1     (b)  Type system.--The system must be an automatic
     2  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system suitable
     3  for the intended application and listed or approved by a
     4  nationally recognized independent testing laboratory.
     5  Installation requirements shall be as follows:
     6         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
     7     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
     8     listing or approval.
     9         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
    10     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
    11     operations.
    12         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
    13     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
    14     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
    15     corrosion.
    16         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
    17     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
    18     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
    19     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust or rock
    20     dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    21     agent.
    22     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    23  suppression system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    24  suppression for all of the following:
    25         (1)  The engine, transmission, hydraulic pumps and tanks,
    26     fuel tanks, exposed brake units, air compressors and battery
    27     areas, as applicable, on all diesel-powered equipment.
    28         (2)  Fuel containers and electric panels or controls used
    29     during fuel transfer operations on fuel transportation units.
    30     (d)  Fault and fire alarm annunciators.--The fire suppression
    20080S0949B1685                 - 194 -    

     1  system shall include a system fault and fire alarm annunciator
     2  that can be seen and heard by the equipment operator.
     3     (e)  Automatic engine shutdown.--The fire suppression system
     4  shall provide for automatic engine shutdown. Engine shutdown and
     5  discharge of suppressant agent may be delayed for a maximum of
     6  15 seconds after the fire alarm annunciator alerts the operator.
     7     (f)  Manual actuators.--At least two manual actuators shall
     8  be provided, with at least one manual actuator at each end of
     9  the equipment. If the equipment is provided with an operator's
    10  compartment, one of the mechanical actuators shall be located in
    11  the compartment within easy reach of the operator. For
    12  stationary equipment, the two manual actuators shall be located
    13  with at least one actuator on the stationary equipment and at
    14  least one actuator a safe distance away from the equipment and
    15  in intake air.
    16  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    17     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel fuel
    18  storage areas shall meet the requirements of this section.
    19     (b)  Type system.--The system shall be an automatic
    20  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system or other
    21  system of equal capability, suitable for the intended
    22  application and listed or approved by a nationally recognized
    23  independent testing laboratory. The system shall meet the
    24  following installation requirements:
    25         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
    26     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
    27     listing or approval.
    28         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
    29     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
    30     operations.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 195 -    

     1         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
     2     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
     3     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
     4     corrosion.
     5         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
     6     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
     7     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
     8     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust and
     9     rock dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    10     agent.
    11     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    12  suppressant system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    13  suppression for the fuel storage tanks, containers, safety cans,
    14  pumps, electrical panels and control equipment in fuel storage
    15  areas.
    16     (d)  Types of alarms.--Audible and visual alarms to warn of
    17  fire or system faults shall be provided at the protected area
    18  and at a surface location that is always staffed when persons
    19  are underground. A means shall also be provided for warning all
    20  endangered persons in the event of fire.
    21     (e)  Manual actuators.--Fire suppression systems shall
    22  include two manual actuators with at least one located within
    23  the fuel storage facility and at least one located a safe
    24  distance away from the storage facility and in intake air.
    25     (f)  System operation.--The fire suppression system shall
    26  remain operative in the event of electrical system failure.
    27     (g)  Monitoring of certain systems.--If electrically
    28  operated, the detection and actuation circuits shall be
    29  monitored and provided with status indicators showing power and
    30  circuit continuity. If not electrically operated, a means shall
    20080S0949B1685                 - 196 -    

     1  be provided to indicate the functional readiness status of the
     2  system.
     3     (h)  Weekly visual inspection.--Fire suppression devices
     4  shall be visually inspected at least once each week by a person
     5  qualified to make the inspection.
     6     (i)  Maintenance, testing and records.--Each fire suppression
     7  device shall be tested and maintained. A record shall be
     8  maintained of the inspection required by this subsection. The
     9  record of the weekly inspections shall be maintained at an
    10  appropriate location for each fire suppression device.
    11     (j)  (Reserved).
    12     (k)  Instructions.--All miners normally assigned to the
    13  active workings of a mine shall be instructed about any hazards
    14  inherent to the operation of all fire suppression devices
    15  installed and, where appropriate, the safeguards available for
    16  each device.
    17  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    18     The use of volatile or chemical starting aids is prohibited.
    19  Section 411.  Fueling.
    20     (a)  Restrictions on fueling locations.--Fueling of diesel-
    21  powered equipment shall not be conducted in the intake escape-
    22  way unless the mine design and entry configuration make it
    23  necessary. In those cases where fueling in the intake escape-way
    24  is necessary, the mine operator shall submit a plan for approval
    25  to the secretary, which shall be investigated by the technical
    26  advisory committee in accordance with section 402 424, outlining  <--
    27  the special safety precautions that will be taken to insure the
    28  protection of miners. The submitted plan shall specify a
    29  location, such as the end of the tail piece track or adjacent to
    30  the load out point, where fueling shall be conducted in the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 197 -    

     1  intake escape-way and all other safety precautions that shall be
     2  taken, which shall include an examination of the area for
     3  spillage or fire by a qualified person.
     4     (b)  Spill cleanup.--Diesel fuel and other combustible
     5  materials shall be cleaned up and not be permitted to accumulate
     6  anywhere in an underground mine or on diesel-powered or electric
     7  equipment located in a mine.
     8     (c)  Trained person on duty.--At least one person specially
     9  trained in the cleanup and disposal of diesel fuel spills shall
    10  be on duty at the mine when diesel-powered equipment or mobile
    11  fuel transportation equipment is being used or when any fueling
    12  of diesel-powered equipment is being conducted.
    13  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    14     (a)  Training of underground employees.--All underground
    15  employees at the mine shall receive special instruction related
    16  to fighting fires involving diesel fuel. This training may be
    17  included in annual refresher training under MSHA regulations at
    18  30 CFR Part 48 (relating to training and retraining of miners)
    19  or included in the fire drills required under MSHA regulations
    20  relating to program of instruction; location and use of fire
    21  fighting equipment; location of escape-ways, exits and routes of
    22  travel; evacuation procedures; and fire drills.
    23     (b)  Training of miners.--All miners shall be trained in
    24  precautions for safe and healthful handling and disposal of
    25  diesel-powered equipment filters. All used intake air filters,
    26  exhaust diesel particulate matter filters and engine oil filters
    27  shall be placed in their original containers or other suitable
    28  enclosed containers and removed from the underground mine to the
    29  surface. Arrangements shall be made for safe handling and
    30  disposal of these filters within a timely manner after they have
    20080S0949B1685                 - 198 -    

     1  reached the surface.
     2  Section 413.  Maintenance.
     3     (a)  General rule.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
     4  maintained in an approved and safe condition as described in
     5  this chapter or removed from service. Failure of the mine
     6  operator to comply with the maintenance requirements of this
     7  subsection may result in revocation of the secretary's approval
     8  of the complete diesel-powered equipment package, provided
     9  appropriate notification has been given to the mine operator and
    10  the procedures of this section have been followed. Upon
    11  receiving the appropriate notification, the mine operator shall
    12  have 30 days to submit a plan to achieve and maintain
    13  compliance. The plan shall be evaluated by the secretary and,
    14  upon approval, the mine operator shall implement the plan. The
    15  secretary shall monitor the mine operator's compliance. If the
    16  secretary then determines that the mine operator is unable or
    17  unwilling to comply, the secretary shall revoke the mine
    18  operator's approval.
    19     (b)  Acquisition and maintenance of approvals.--To acquire
    20  and maintain approval of a complete diesel-powered equipment
    21  package, the mine operator shall comply with the following
    22  requirements:
    23         (1)  All service, maintenance and repairs of approved
    24     complete diesel-powered equipment packages shall be performed
    25     by mechanics who are trained and qualified in accordance with
    26     section 422.
    27         (2)  Service and maintenance of approved complete diesel-
    28     powered equipment packages shall be performed according to:
    29             (i)  the specified routine maintenance schedule;
    30             (ii)  onboard performance and maintenance diagnostics
    20080S0949B1685                 - 199 -    

     1         readings;
     2             (iii)  emissions test results; and
     3             (iv)  component manufacturers' recommendations.
     4  Section 414.  Records.
     5     (a)  General rule.--A record shall be made of all emissions
     6  tests, preoperational examinations and maintenance and repairs
     7  of complete diesel-powered equipment packages. The records made
     8  pursuant to this section shall meet the requirements of this
     9  section.
    10     (b)  Written certification.--The person performing the
    11  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair shall certify
    12  by date, time, engine hour reading and signature that the
    13  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair was made.
    14     (c)  Results.--Records of emissions tests and examinations
    15  shall include the specific results of such tests and
    16  examinations.
    17     (d)  Content.--Records of maintenance and repairs shall
    18  include the work that was performed, any fluids or oil added,
    19  parts replaced or adjustments made and the results of any
    20  subsequently required emissions testing.
    21     (e)  Preoperational examination record retention.--Records of
    22  preoperational examinations shall be retained for the previous
    23  100-hour maintenance cycle.
    24     (f)  Certain records to be countersigned.--Records of
    25  emissions tests, 100-hour maintenance tests and repairs shall be
    26  countersigned once each week by the certified mine electrician
    27  or mine foreman.
    28     (g)  Other record retention.--Except as specified in
    29  subsection (e), all records required by this section shall be
    30  retained for at least one year at a surface location at the mine
    20080S0949B1685                 - 200 -    

     1  and made available for inspection by the department and by
     2  miners and their representatives.
     3  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
     4     (a)  Preoperational examination.--Prior to use of a piece of
     5  diesel-powered equipment during a shift, an equipment operator
     6  shall conduct an examination as follows:
     7         (1)  Check the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
     8     system components to determine that the components are in
     9     place and not damaged or leaking.
    10         (2)  Assure that the equipment is clean and free of
    11     accumulations of combustibles.
    12         (3)  Assure that the machine is loaded safely.
    13         (4)  Check for external physical damage.
    14         (5)  Check for loose or missing connections.
    15         (6)  Check engine oil level.
    16         (7)  Check transmission oil level.
    17         (8)  Check other fluid levels, if applicable.
    18         (9)  Check for hydraulic, coolant and oil leaks.
    19         (10)  Check fan, water pump and other belts.
    20         (11)  Check the fan for damage.
    21         (12)  Check guards.
    22         (13)  Check the fuel level.
    23         (14)  Check for fuel leaks.
    24         (15)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    25     section 414.
    26     (b)  Operational examination.--After the engine is started
    27  and warmed up, the equipment operator shall conduct an
    28  examination as follows:
    29         (1)  Check all onboard engine performance and maintenance
    30     diagnostics system gauges for proper operation and in-range
    20080S0949B1685                 - 201 -    

     1     readings. The equipment operator shall immediately shut down
     2     the engine and notify the operator if the onboard readings
     3     indicate any of the following:
     4             (i)  Intake restriction at full engine speed is
     5         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
     6             (ii)  Exhaust restriction at full engine speed is
     7         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
     8             (iii)  Coolant temperature is at or near 212 degrees
     9         Fahrenheit.
    10             (iv)  Low engine oil pressure.
    11             (v)  High engine oil temperature.
    12         (2)  Check safety features, including, but not limited
    13     to, the throttle, brakes, steering, lights and horn.
    14         (3)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    15     section 414.
    16  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
    17     At intervals not exceeding 100 hours of engine operation, a
    18  qualified mechanic shall perform the following maintenance and
    19  make all necessary adjustments or repairs or remove the
    20  equipment from service:
    21         (1)  Wash or steam clean the equipment.
    22         (2)  Check for and remove any accumulations of coal, coal
    23     dust or other combustible materials.
    24         (3)  Check the equipment for damaged or missing
    25     components or other visible defects.
    26         (4)  Conduct electrical and safety component inspections.
    27         (5)  Replace engine oil and oil filter.
    28         (6)  Check the transmission oil level and add oil, if
    29     necessary.
    30         (7)  Check hydraulic oil level and add oil, if necessary.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 202 -    

     1         (8)  Check the engine coolant level and add coolant, if
     2     necessary.
     3         (9)  Check all other fluid levels and add fluid, if
     4     necessary.
     5         (10)  Check for oil, coolant and other fluid leaks.
     6         (11)  Inspect the cooling fan, radiator and shroud.
     7     Remove any obstructions and make necessary repairs.
     8         (12)  Check all belts. Tighten or replace, if necessary.
     9         (13)  Check the battery and service as necessary.
    10         (14)  Check the automatic fire suppression system.
    11         (15)  Check the portable fire extinguisher.
    12         (16)  Check the lights.
    13         (17)  Check the warning devices.
    14         (18)  With the engine operating, check and replace or
    15     repair the following:
    16             (i)  Oil pressure.
    17             (ii)  Intake air restriction at full engine speed.
    18             (iii)  Exhaust gas restriction at full engine speed.
    19             (iv)  Exhaust flame arrestor.
    20             (v)  All gauges and controls.
    21         (19)  Conduct repeatable loaded engine-operating test in
    22     accordance with section 418.
    23         (20)  If the equipment is approved with a nondisposable
    24     diesel particulate filter, a smoke dot test of the filtered
    25     exhaust must be performed at this time. The results of the
    26     smoke dot test shall be recorded on the 100-hour emissions
    27     form. If the interpreted smoke dot number is greater than
    28     three, the technical advisory committee shall be notified and
    29     shall investigate to determine if the filter is functioning
    30     properly.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 203 -    

     1         (21)  Evaluate and interpret the results of all of the
     2     above tests and examinations and make all necessary repairs
     3     or remove the equipment from service.
     4         (22)  Comply with the recordkeeping requirements pursuant
     5     to section 414.
     6  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
     7     (a)  General rule.--Emissions for diesel-powered equipment
     8  shall be monitored and controlled as provided in this section.
     9     (b)  Determination of baseline emission values.--When any
    10  diesel-powered equipment first enters service at a mine,
    11  baseline emission values shall be determined by a qualified
    12  mechanic. Unless the technical advisory committee in accordance
    13  with section 424 recommends an alternate procedure, the
    14  qualified mechanic shall:
    15         (1)  Verify that the seal on the engine fuel injector is
    16     in place and that the proper fuel pump is on the equipment.
    17         (2)  Install a new clean intake air cleaner, measure and
    18     record the intake restriction pressure.
    19         (3)  Check the level of engine oil.
    20         (4)  Change the engine lubrication oil if not fresh.
    21         (5)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    22         (6)  Measure and record the exhaust backpressure. If
    23     exhaust gas back pressure is above that recommended by the
    24     manufacturer, steps must be taken to bring the exhaust gas
    25     back pressure within the manufacturer's recommended limit
    26     prior to beginning the test described in this subsection.
    27         (7)  Test the brakes.
    28         (8)  Place the equipment into an intake entry.
    29         (9)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
    30         (10)  Install an exhaust gas analyzer into the untreated
    20080S0949B1685                 - 204 -    

     1     exhaust gas port.
     2         (11)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
     3     operating temperature.
     4         (12)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. For this
     5     section, the loaded condition for the baseline emissions
     6     testing shall be determined by the technical advisory
     7     committee by determining CO2 values that are representative
     8     of the MSHA lug curve readings for that engine model and
     9     horsepower.
    10         (13)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer and allow the engine
    11     to operate in the loaded condition for a sufficient length of
    12     time not less than a 90-second duration to insure proper CO
    13     readings. The qualified mechanic shall record both CO and CO2
    14     readings. Note: Baseline CO values shall be determined by the
    15     technical advisory committee based upon MSHA lug curve
    16     readings for that engine model and horsepower. If the
    17     baseline CO values are greater than the MSHA lug curve
    18     values, the technical advisory committee shall investigate
    19     and either recommend approval or disapproval or recommend
    20     alternate methods of meeting the requirements of this
    21     section.
    22         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    23     section 414.
    24         (15)  An alternative to the testing provided in
    25     paragraphs (1) through (14) may be developed by the technical
    26     advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    27         (16)  Emissions test procedures for this section shall be
    28     submitted to the technical advisory committee in accordance
    29     with section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine
    30     and equipment type.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 205 -    

     1  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     2     (a)  Tests.--At intervals not exceeding once every 100 hours
     3  of engine operation, a qualified mechanic shall perform
     4  equipment maintenance diagnostic testing of each piece of
     5  diesel-powered equipment in the mine. The qualified mechanic
     6  shall do all of the following:
     7         (1)  Verify the identification numbers on the equipment.
     8         (2)  Check the level of the engine lubricating oil.
     9         (3)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    10         (4)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
    11         (5)  Install the portable carbon monoxide sampling device
    12     into the untreated exhaust port coupling provided in the
    13     operator's cab.
    14         (6)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
    15     operating temperature.
    16         (7)  Check the intake restriction and the exhaust back
    17     pressure at high idle speed.
    18         (8)  If the intake restriction is more than the
    19     manufacturer's maximum recommended intake restriction,
    20     replace the intake filter with a clean one.
    21         (9)  If exhaust gas back pressure is above that
    22     recommended by the manufacturer, take steps to bring the
    23     exhaust gas back pressure within the manufacturer's
    24     recommended limit prior to beginning the test described in
    25     this section.
    26         (10)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. As used in
    27     this paragraph, the term loaded condition shall mean a
    28     condition in which the carbon dioxide values are
    29     representative of the MSHA lug curve values for that engine
    30     model and horsepower rating.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 206 -    

     1         (11)  Take the following steps:
     2             (i)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer.
     3             (ii)  Allow the engine to operate for a sufficient
     4         time, not less than 90 seconds, to insure proper carbon
     5         monoxide readings and record both carbon monoxide and
     6         carbon dioxide readings.
     7         (12)  Install the exhaust gas analyzer into the treated
     8     exhaust port and repeat steps set forth in paragraphs (10)
     9     and (11).
    10         (13)  If the average carbon monoxide reading for
    11     untreated exhaust gas is greater than twice the baseline
    12     established under section 417(b) or if the average carbon
    13     monoxide reading for treated exhaust gas is greater than 100
    14     pounds per minute PARTS PER MILLION, the equipment has failed  <--
    15     and shall be serviced and retested before it is returned to
    16     regular service.
    17         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements under
    18     section 414.
    19     (b)  Procedures.--Emissions test procedures for this section
    20  must be submitted to the technical advisory committee under
    21  section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine and
    22  equipment type.
    23     (c)  Alternative procedure.--An alternative to the testing
    24  provided in subsection (a) may be developed by the technical
    25  advisory committee under section 424.
    26  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
    27     (a)  Concentration.--In monitoring and controlling exhaust
    28  gases, the ambient concentration of exhaust gases in the mine
    29  atmosphere shall not exceed 35 parts per million for carbon
    30  monoxide and three pounds per minute PARTS PER MILLION for        <--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 207 -    

     1  nitrogen dioxide. The concentration of these exhaust gases shall
     2  be measured at the equipment operator's or equipment attendant's
     3  position and by the last piece of diesel-powered equipment
     4  operating in the same split of air. Measurements shall be made
     5  weekly or more often if necessary by a qualified person and
     6  shall be conducted under the requirements of this section.
     7     (b)  Measurement.--Measurement of exhaust gases shall be made
     8  with a sampling instrument no less precise than detector tubes.
     9     (c)  Changes.--If the concentration of a gas listed in
    10  subsection (a) is at least 75% of its exposure limit, changes to
    11  the use of the diesel equipment, the mine ventilation or the
    12  mining process shall be made.
    13     (d)  Excessive exposure.--If the concentration of a gas
    14  listed in subsection (a) exceeds the exposure limit, the diesel
    15  equipment operating in that split shall be removed from service
    16  immediately, and corrective action shall be taken. After
    17  corrective action has been taken by the mine operator, the
    18  diesel equipment may be returned to service in its regular
    19  operating mode for emissions testing purposes only; and
    20  emissions testing shall be conducted immediately to assure that
    21  the concentration does not exceed 75% of the exposure limit.
    22  Corrective action shall be taken until the concentration does
    23  not exceed 75% of the exposure limit before the diesel equipment
    24  can be returned to full operation.
    25     (e)  Compliance.--The mine operator shall comply with the
    26  following requirements:
    27         (1)  Repair or adjustment of the fuel injection system
    28     shall only be performed by qualified mechanics authorized by
    29     the engine manufacturer.
    30         (2)  Complete testing of the emissions system in
    20080S0949B1685                 - 208 -    

     1     accordance with section 418 shall be conducted:
     2             (i)  prior to any piece of diesel-powered equipment
     3         being put into service; and
     4             (ii)  after any repair or adjustment to the fuel
     5         delivery system, engine timing or exhaust emissions
     6         control and conditioning system.
     7         (3)  Service and maintenance of the intake air filter,
     8     exhaust particulate filter and the exhaust system shall be
     9     performed at specific time intervals based on the component
    10     manufacturer's recommendation and compliance with the engine
    11     or emissions control operation specifications and, as needed,
    12     based on the on-board diagnostics or emissions test results.
    13     Accurate records shall be maintained of service and
    14     maintenance under this paragraph.
    15  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
    16     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    17  plans required by this section shall be approved by the
    18  secretary. Operator training and qualification shall meet the
    19  requirements of this section.
    20     (b)  Conduct.--
    21         (1)  Training shall be conducted in the basics of the
    22     operation of a diesel engine, Federal and State regulations
    23     governing their use, company rules for safe operation,
    24     specific features of each piece of equipment and the ability
    25     to recognize problems.
    26         (2)  Training shall be provided to each equipment
    27     operator and the mine health and safety committee if one
    28     exists. This training shall be designed to bring every
    29     operator to a level of good understanding of diesel equipment
    30     operation.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 209 -    

     1         (3)  Each operator shall be qualified by attending a
     2     minimum eight-hour course, including classroom training on
     3     diesel fundamentals and equipment-specific hands-on training
     4     on the job. Training shall include instruction in the
     5     following classroom subjects:
     6             (i)  Engine fundamentals. This subparagraph includes
     7         an introduction to the function of a diesel engine and
     8         recognition of major components and their functions.
     9             (ii)  Diesel regulations. This subparagraph includes
    10         an introduction to Federal and State regulations
    11         governing the use of diesel equipment.
    12             (iii)  Diesel emissions. This subparagraph includes
    13         an introduction to diesel emissions and their adverse
    14         health effects.
    15             (iv)  Factors which affect diesel emissions. This
    16         subparagraph includes a detailed presentation of engine
    17         faults and diesel fuel quality, their effect on emissions
    18         and the preventive actions which can be taken to minimize
    19         emissions levels.
    20             (v)  Emissions control devices. This subparagraph
    21         includes a detailed presentation of the different
    22         emissions control devices employed to reduce emissions
    23         and details about actions the operator must take to keep
    24         the devices in working order.
    25             (vi)  Diagnostic techniques. This subparagraph
    26         includes a presentation of techniques which can be
    27         employed by the operator to assure the equipment is in
    28         safe operating condition and instruction about how to
    29         recognize and diagnose certain engine faults which may
    30         cause increases in emissions.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 210 -    

     1             (vii)  Preoperational inspection. This subparagraph
     2         includes a presentation of the purpose, benefits and
     3         requirements of the preoperational inspection.
     4             (viii)  Ventilation. This subparagraph includes an
     5         introduction to special ventilation requirements for
     6         areas where diesel-powered equipment will operate.
     7             (ix)  Fire suppression system. This subparagraph
     8         includes an introduction to the fire suppression system
     9         and its function and when and how to activate the fire
    10         suppression manually.
    11             (x)  Operating rules. This subparagraph includes a
    12         detailed presentation of the driving rules, safe driving
    13         speeds, traffic control devices and equipment
    14         limitations.
    15             (xi)  Emergency procedures. This subparagraph
    16         includes discussion of:
    17                 (A)  emergencies, such as fire, diesel fuel
    18             spills, component failure, loss of ventilation air
    19             and emergency escape procedures; and
    20                 (B)  potential use of the diesel-powered vehicle
    21             as an emergency escape vehicle in case of a mine
    22             emergency.
    23             (xii)  Recordkeeping and reporting procedures. This
    24         subparagraph includes a presentation on required
    25         recordkeeping and reporting procedures for problems or
    26         unsafe conditions, high emissions levels and
    27         preoperational inspections made by the equipment
    28         operator.
    29     (c)  Certificate.--Upon successful completion of both
    30  training sessions, the operator shall be issued a certificate of
    20080S0949B1685                 - 211 -    

     1  qualification which qualifies the operator to operate a specific
     2  type of diesel-powered equipment. An operator may be qualified
     3  to operate more than one type of equipment by completing
     4  additional equipment-specific training covering differences
     5  specific to each additional type of equipment.
     6     (d)  Refresher training.--Refresher training, separate from
     7  that required by MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to
     8  the training and retraining of miners), shall be required
     9  annually.
    10     (e)  Annual certificate.--A new certificate of qualification
    11  shall be issued annually after the equipment operator has
    12  received the annual refresher training.
    13  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
    14     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    15  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    16  secretary.
    17     (b)  Description.--
    18         (1)  Equipment-specific hands-on orientation training
    19     shall be given in an area of the mine where the equipment
    20     will be operated. This orientation shall be specific to the
    21     type and make of the diesel machine and shall be presented in
    22     small groups.
    23         (2)  The following subjects shall be included in the
    24     training:
    25             (i)  Equipment layout. This subparagraph includes
    26         familiarization with the layout of the equipment, the
    27         operator's compartments and the controls.
    28             (ii)  Preoperation inspection. This subparagraph
    29         includes familiarization with the preoperation inspection
    30         procedure and review of specific details of the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 212 -    

     1         inspection and location of the components to be
     2         inspected.
     3             (iii)  Equipment limitations. This subparagraph
     4         includes instruction relating to equipment performance,
     5         speeds, capacities and blind areas.
     6             (iv)  Operating areas. This subparagraph includes
     7         instruction relating to areas in which the equipment may
     8         be operated.
     9             (v)  Operation. This subparagraph includes
    10         familiarization with the controls, gauges and warning
    11         devices and safe operating limits of all indicating
    12         gauges.
    13             (vi)  Refueling procedure. This subparagraph includes
    14         familiarization with fuel handling, permissible refueling
    15         areas, spill prevention, cleanup and potential hazards
    16         from diesel fuel.
    17             (vii)  Emergency devices. This subparagraph includes
    18         instruction relating to the location and use of the fire
    19         extinguisher and fire suppression devices.
    20             (viii)  Driving practice. This paragraph includes
    21         supervised operation of the equipment.
    22  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
    23     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    24  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    25  secretary.
    26     (b)  General rule.--Diesel mechanic training and
    27  qualification shall meet the requirements of this section.
    28     (c)  Skills.--Diesel mechanics shall be trained and qualified
    29  to perform maintenance, repairs and testing of the features of
    30  diesel equipment certified by MSHA and the secretary.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 213 -    

     1     (d)  Qualification.--To be qualified, a diesel mechanic shall
     2  successfully complete a minimum of 16 hours of a training
     3  program approved by the secretary regarding the general
     4  function, operation, maintenance and testing of emissions
     5  control and conditioning components. The diesel mechanic shall
     6  be qualified to perform these tasks on the specific machines
     7  used at the mine or mines where they are employed. Additional
     8  engine-specific training shall be provided to diesel mechanics
     9  in accordance with a plan approved by the secretary.
    10     (e)  Retraining.--Annual retraining programs for diesel
    11  mechanics shall be required and shall be approved by the
    12  secretary. Retraining shall include refresher training as well
    13  as new procedure and new technology training as necessary.
    14  Retraining shall be separate from refresher training pursuant to
    15  MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to training and
    16  retraining of miners) and electrical training required by MSHA.
    17     (f)  Programs.--The minimum diesel mechanic training programs
    18  shall include training in the following minimum subject
    19  requirements:
    20         (1)  Federal and State requirements regulating the use of
    21     diesel equipment.
    22         (2)  Company policies and rules related to the use of
    23     diesel equipment.
    24         (3)  Emissions control system design and component
    25     technical training.
    26         (4)  Onboard engine performance and maintenance
    27     diagnostics system design and component technical training.
    28         (5)  Service and maintenance procedures and requirements
    29     for the emissions control systems.
    30         (6)  Emissions testing procedures and evaluation and
    20080S0949B1685                 - 214 -    

     1     interpretation of test results.
     2         (7)  Troubleshooting procedures for the emissions control
     3     systems.
     4         (8)  Fire protection systems test and maintenance.
     5         (9)  Fire and ignition sources and their control and
     6     elimination.
     7         (10)  Fuel system maintenance and safe fueling
     8     procedures.
     9         (11)  Intake air system design and components technical
    10     training and maintenance procedures.
    11         (12)  Engine shutdown device tests and maintenance.
    12         (13)  Special instructions regarding components, such as
    13     the fuel injection system, which may only be repaired and
    14     adjusted by a qualified mechanic who has received special
    15     training and is authorized to make the repairs or adjustments
    16     by the component manufacturer.
    17         (14)  Instruction on recordkeeping requirements for
    18     maintenance procedures and emissions testing.
    19         (15)  Other subjects determined by the secretary to be
    20     necessary to address specific health and safety needs.
    21  Section 423. Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
    22     (a)  General rule.--In addition to other requirements of this
    23  chapter, diesel-powered equipment shall be operated pursuant to
    24  the standards set forth in this section.
    25     (b)  Attended equipment.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
    26  attended while in operation with the engine running in
    27  underground mines.
    28     (c)  Idling.--Unnecessary idling of diesel-powered equipment
    29  is prohibited.
    30     (d)  Access.--Roadways where diesel-powered equipment is
    20080S0949B1685                 - 215 -    

     1  operated shall be maintained as free as practicable from bottom
     2  irregularities debris and wet or muddy conditions, which affect
     3  control of the equipment.
     4     (e)  Speed.--Operating speeds shall be consistent with
     5  conditions of roadways, grades, clearances, visibility and
     6  traffic and type of equipment used.
     7     (f)  Control.--Equipment operators shall have full control of
     8  the mobile equipment while it is in motion.
     9     (g)  Traffic rules.--Traffic rules, including speed, signals
    10  and warning signs, shall be standardized at each mine and
    11  posted.
    12     (h)  Maintenance.--
    13         (1)  Diesel-powered equipment shall be maintained in a
    14     safe operating condition which does not threaten health of
    15     human beings.
    16         (2)  Diesel-powered equipment not maintained in
    17     accordance with paragraph (1) or not maintained in accordance
    18     with the engine or emissions control operating specifications
    19     shall be removed from service immediately and shall not be
    20     returned to service until all necessary corrective actions
    21     have been taken.
    22  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    23     (a)  Establishment.--The Technical Advisory Committee on
    24  Diesel-Powered Equipment is established.
    25     (b)  Membership.--The advisory committee shall consist of two
    26  members, who shall be residents of this Commonwealth.
    27         (1)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
    28     the viewpoint of the coal operators in this Commonwealth
    29     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
    30     nominees submitted by the major trade association
    20080S0949B1685                 - 216 -    

     1     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth.
     2         (2)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
     3     the viewpoint of the working miners in this Commonwealth
     4     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
     5     nominees submitted by the highest ranking official within the
     6     major employee organization representing coal miners in this
     7     Commonwealth.
     8     (c)  Terms.--Each member of the technical advisory committee
     9  shall be appointed for a term of three years. If renominated and
    10  reappointed, a member may serve an unlimited number of
    11  successive three-year terms.
    12     (d)  Functions.--The technical advisory committee has the
    13  following functions:
    14         (1)  Advising the secretary regarding implementation of
    15     this chapter.
    16         (2)  Evaluating alternative technology or methods for
    17     meeting the requirements for diesel-powered equipment as set
    18     forth in this chapter.
    19         (3)  Providing technical assistance to operators
    20     regarding diesel equipment technologies.
    21         (4)  Conducting investigations relating to implementation
    22     of this chapter.
    23         (5)  Providing training regarding diesel equipment
    24     emission controls and emission testing.
    25     (e)  Compensation.--Members of the technical advisory
    26  committee shall be compensated at the appropriate per diem rate
    27  based on the prevailing formula administered by the
    28  Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per day, plus all
    29  reasonable expenses incurred while performing their official
    30  duties. Compensation shall be adjusted annually by the secretary
    20080S0949B1685                 - 217 -    

     1  to account for inflation based on the rate of inflation
     2  identified by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers,
     3  Bureau of Labor Statistics. The individual member may waive his
     4  right to all or part of the compensation set forth in this
     5  provision.
     6     (f)  Meetings.--The technical advisory committee shall meet
     7  at least twice during each calendar year.
     8     (g)  Quorum.--Actions of the technical advisory committee
     9  require the participation of both members.
    10     (h)  Support.--
    11         (1)  The department shall make clerical support and
    12     assistance available to enable the technical advisory
    13     committee to carry out its duties. Upon the request of both
    14     members of the technical advisory committee, the secretary
    15     may draft proposed conditions of use and reports or perform
    16     investigations.
    17         (2)  The department shall purchase for the technical
    18     advisory committee equipment for testing diesel engine
    19     exhaust emissions and measuring diesel engine surface
    20     temperatures and exhaust gas temperatures. Alternative
    21     technology or methods recommended by the technical advisory
    22     committee or approved by the secretary shall not reduce or
    23     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    24     by this chapter.
    25     (i)  Alternative technologies.--
    26         (1)  Upon application of a coal miner, coal mine operator
    27     or diesel-related technology manufacturer, or on its own
    28     motion, the technical advisory committee shall consider
    29     requests for the use of alternative diesel-related health and
    30     safety technologies with general underground mining industry
    20080S0949B1685                 - 218 -    

     1     application which are consistent with this chapter. The
     2     following apply:
     3             (i)  Upon receipt of an application, the technical
     4         advisory committee shall conduct an investigation, which
     5         shall include consultation with a representative of the
     6         major trade association representing coal operators in
     7         this Commonwealth and with a representative of the major
     8         employee organization representing coal miners in this
     9         Commonwealth.
    10             (ii)  Approval of an application made under this
    11         subsection shall make the alternative technology or
    12         method available for use by a coal mine operator in this
    13         Commonwealth but shall not be construed to require that a
    14         coal mine operator use the approved alternative
    15         technology or method.
    16         (2)  Upon application of a coal mine operator, the
    17     technical advisory committee shall consider site-specific
    18     requests for use of alternative diesel-related health and
    19     safety technologies. The committee's recommendations on
    20     applications submitted under this subsection shall be on a
    21     mine-by-mine basis. Upon receipt of a site-specific
    22     application, the technical advisory committee shall conduct
    23     an investigation, which shall include consultation with the
    24     mine operator and the authorized representatives of the
    25     miners at the mine. Authorized representatives of the miners
    26     shall include a mine health and safety committee elected by
    27     miners at the mine and an individual employed by an employee
    28     organization representing miners at the mine or an individual
    29     authorized as the representative of miners of the mine in
    30     accordance with MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 40 (relating
    20080S0949B1685                 - 219 -    

     1     to representative of miners). If there is no authorized
     2     representative of the miners, the technical advisory
     3     committee shall consult with a reasonable number of miners at
     4     the mine.
     5         (3)  Within 180 days of receipt of an application for use
     6     of alternative technologies or methods, the technical
     7     advisory committee shall complete its investigation and make
     8     a recommendation to the secretary. The technical advisory
     9     committee members shall only recommend approval of an
    10     application if, at the conclusion of the investigation, the
    11     committee members have made a determination that the use of
    12     the alternative technology or method will not reduce or
    13     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    14     by this chapter. The time period under this paragraph may be
    15     extended with the consent of the applicant.
    16         (4)  The technical advisory committee shall forward to
    17     the secretary three possible recommendations:
    18             (i)  A unanimous recommendation to approve the
    19         application for use of alternative technologies or
    20         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
    21         made in writing and include the results of the
    22         investigation and specific conditions of use for the
    23         alternative technology or method.
    24             (ii)  A unanimous recommendation to reject the
    25         application for use of alternative technologies or
    26         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
    27         made in writing and outline in detail the basis for the
    28         rejection.
    29             (iii)  A divided recommendation in which one member
    30         of the technical advisory committee recommends approval
    20080S0949B1685                 - 220 -    

     1         of the application for use of alternative technologies or
     2         methods and one member of the advisory committee
     3         recommends rejection of the application for use of
     4         alternative technologies or methods. For a recommendation
     5         under this subparagraph, each member of the committee
     6         must submit a detailed report to the secretary within 14
     7         days of the committee's vote outlining the member's
     8         position for or against the application.
     9         (5)  The secretary shall proceed as follows:
    10             (i)  Alternative technologies or methods may be
    11         approved by the secretary if they do not reduce or
    12         compromise the level of health and safety protection
    13         afforded by this chapter.
    14             (ii)  If a recommendation under paragraph (2)(i)       <--
    15         (4)(I) or (ii) is forwarded to the secretary by the        <--
    16         technical advisory committee, the secretary shall have 30
    17         days in which to render a final decision adopting or
    18         rejecting the advisory committee's recommendation and the
    19         application.
    20             (iii)  The secretary may only approve or reject a
    21         recommendation under paragraph (2) without modification
    22         unless the modification is unanimously approved by the
    23         technical advisory committee.
    24             (iv)  If a recommendation under paragraph (2) is
    25         forwarded to the secretary, the secretary shall convene,
    26         within 30 days, a meeting with the members of the
    27         technical advisory committee to discuss the reasons for
    28         the divided recommendation and to determine whether
    29         additional information and further discussion might
    30         result in a unanimous recommendation by the committee.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 221 -    

     1             (v)  The following apply:
     2                 (A)  The secretary shall render a decision on the
     3             application within 30 days from the date of the
     4             meeting with the technical advisory committee or, if
     5             no meeting is convened, within 60 days of forwarding
     6             of the recommendation.
     7                 (B)  Upon consent of the applicant, the time
     8             period under clause (A) may be extended.
     9                 (C)  Except as set forth in clause (B), if the
    10             secretary does not comply with the time requirements
    11             to render a decision under this subparagraph, the
    12             technical advisory committee's recommendation shall
    13             be deemed rejected.
    14         (6)  Action taken by the secretary under this subsection
    15     is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial
    16     review of Commonwealth agency action).
    17     (j)  Shaft and slope construction.--The secretary shall
    18  establish, based on recommendations made by the technical
    19  advisory committee, conditions of use for the use of diesel-
    20  powered equipment in shaft and slope construction operations at
    21  coal mines. Conditions of use proposed by the technical advisory
    22  committee shall be considered by the secretary and shall be
    23  adopted or rejected by the secretary without modification,
    24  except as approved by the technical advisory committee.
    25                             CHAPTER 5
    26                      ENFORCEMENT AND REMEDIES
    27  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
    28     (a)  Authority.--
    29         (1)  The department may issue written orders to enforce
    30     this act, to effectuate the purposes of this act and to
    20080S0949B1685                 - 222 -    

     1     protect the health and safety of miners and persons in and
     2     about mines.
     3         (2)  An order issued under this act shall take effect
     4     upon notice, unless the order specifies otherwise.
     5         (3)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
     6     not act as a supersedeas.
     7     (b)  Compliance.--It is the duty of any person to whom an
     8  order applies to comply with that order.
     9  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    10     (a)  Department.--In addition to any other remedies provided
    11  by law, the department may seek an injunction to restrain any of
    12  the following:
    13         (1)  Violation of this act, a regulation promulgated
    14     under this act or any approval, standard, order or permit
    15     issued under this act.
    16         (2)  Creation and maintenance of a threat to the health
    17     and safety of miners and persons in and about mines.
    18     (b)  Court.--
    19         (1)  In a proceeding under subsection (a), the court may
    20     do any of the following:
    21             (i)  Issue an injunction if it finds reasonable cause
    22         to believe that the respondent is engaging in conduct
    23         which:
    24                 (A)  violates this act; a regulation promulgated
    25             under this act or any approval, standard or order
    26             issued under this act; or
    27                 (B)  poses a threat to the health and safety of
    28             miners and persons in and about mines.
    29             (ii)  Levy civil penalties against the respondent.
    30         (2)  The courts of common pleas and the Commonwealth
    20080S0949B1685                 - 223 -    

     1     courts are granted jurisdiction to hear and decide
     2     proceedings brought under subsection (a).
     3     (c)  Bond.--The department is be NOT required to post bond in  <--
     4  connection with proceedings brought under this section.
     5  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
     6     (a)  Declaration of threat.--The following actions by mine
     7  officials are declared to pose an imminent and substantial
     8  threat to the health and safety of miners:
     9         (1)  Assigning an employee without training or proper
    10     certification.
    11         (2)  Requiring or condoning a violation of this act, a
    12     regulation promulgated under this act or any approval,
    13     standard or order issued under this act.
    14         (3)  Failing to perform a required examination.
    15         (4)  Failing to address promptly the dangers identified
    16     through a mine examination or inspection by the department.
    17         (5)  Supplying inaccurate information to the department.
    18         (6)  Failing to notify the department as required by this
    19     act.
    20         (7)  Failing to de-energize electrical power as required
    21     by this act.
    22         (8)  Failing to evacuate the mine when required to do so
    23     by a provision of this act.
    24     (b)  Penalty for mine officials and operator liability.--
    25         (1)  If the department finds that a mine official has
    26     engaged in any of the actions under subsection (a), the
    27     department may assess an administrative penalty of up to
    28     $2,500 against the mine official. In every instance in which
    29     an administrative penalty is assessed against a mine
    30     official, the department may assess the same AN                <--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 224 -    

     1     administrative penalty OF THE SAME AMOUNT against the          <--
     2     operator of the mine where the violations occurred.
     3         (2)  If the department finds that the operator directed
     4     or condoned an unsafe act or a violation of the act:
     5             (i)  the department may assess an administrative
     6         penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than
     7         $200,000 against the operator; and
     8             (ii)  the person that directed or condoned the action
     9         shall be removed from any position of command and
    10         control.
    11     (c)  Nonexclusive remedy.--Assessment of a penalty under this
    12  section does not preclude the department from exercising any
    13  other remedy available to it.
    14     (d)  Factors.--In determining the amount of a penalty, the
    15  department shall consider the following:
    16         (1)  The degree to which the conduct was reckless or
    17     intentional.
    18         (2)  Whether an individual was fatally or seriously
    19     injured.
    20         (3)  The potential for the violation resulting in death
    21     or serious injury to an individual.
    22         (4)  Whether the conduct is in violation of an
    23     outstanding order.
    24         (5)  In the case of an operator, the economic benefit to
    25     the operator from not complying with the applicable
    26     requirements.
    27     (e)  Practice and procedure.--A penalty under this section is
    28  subject to:
    29         (1)  2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
    30     procedure of Commonwealth agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating
    20080S0949B1685                 - 225 -    

     1     to judicial review of Commonwealth agency action); and
     2         (2)  25 Pa. Code Ch. 1021 (relating to practice and
     3     procedures).
     4  Section 503.1.  Process for assessing administrative penalties.
     5     (a)  Assessment process.--If the department assesses an
     6  administrative penalty, it shall inform the operator and mine
     7  official, as applicable, of the amount of the penalty. The
     8  person assessed with the penalty shall then have 30 days to pay
     9  the penalty in full or, if the person wishes to contest the
    10  amount of the penalty, the person shall, within the 30-day
    11  period, file an appeal of the department's assessment with the
    12  Environmental Hearing Board. Failure to appeal within 30 days
    13  shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
    14  amount of the penalty.
    15     (b)  Prepayment of administrative penalty.--If the operator
    16  or mine official wishes to contest either the amount of the
    17  penalty or the violation, the operator or mine official shall
    18  forward an amount not greater than $25,000 to the department for
    19  placement in an escrow account with the State Treasurer or any
    20  bank located in this Commonwealth, or post an appeal bond in the
    21  amount of the proposed penalty provided that the bond shall be
    22  executed by a surety licensed to do business in this
    23  Commonwealth and is satisfactory to the department. If through
    24  administrative or judicial review of the penalty, it is
    25  determined that no violation occurred, or that the amount of the
    26  penalty should be reduced, the department shall within 30 days
    27  remit the appropriate amount to the operator or mine official,
    28  with any interest accumulated by the escrow deposit. Failure to
    29  forward the money or the appeal bond to the department within 30
    30  days shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 226 -    

     1  violation or the amount of the penalty.
     2     (c)  Payment of penalty.--The amount assessed after
     3  administrative hearing or waiver shall be payable to the
     4  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Mine Safety Fund and shall be
     5  collectible in any manner provided under law for the collection
     6  of debts. If any person liable to pay any penalty neglects or
     7  refuses to pay it after demand, the amount together with
     8  interest and any costs that may accrue, shall constitute a
     9  judgment in favor of the Commonwealth upon the property of the
    10  person from the date it has been entered and docketed or
    11  recorded by the prothonotary of the county where such property
    12  is situated. The department may, at any time, transmit to the
    13  prothonotaries of the respective counties certified copies of
    14  the judgments, and it shall be the duty of each prothonotary to
    15  enter and docket the judgments in the prothonotary's office, and
    16  to index it as judgments are indexed, without requiring the
    17  payment of costs as a condition precedent to the entry of the
    18  judgment.
    19  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    20     It is unlawful for a person to do any of the following:
    21         (1)  Violate this act, a regulation under this act or any
    22     approval, standard or order under this act.
    23         (2)  Cause or assist another in a violation under
    24         paragraph (1).
    25         (3)  Hinder or threaten an agent or employee of the
    26     department in the course of performance of a duty under this
    27     act, including entry and inspection.
    28         (4)  Do any of the following on mine property:
    29             (i)  Venture into areas with unsupported roof.
    30             (ii)  Fail to make required gas checks.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 227 -    

     1             (iii)  Work on energized equipment without de-
     2         energizing, locking out and tagging that equipment.
     3             (iv)  Change approved equipment without obtaining the
     4         department's approval.
     5             (v)  Circumvent a safety device.
     6             (vi)  Disable an alarm.
     7             (vii)  Possess or use alcohol, drugs or smoking
     8         materials in an unlawful manner on mine property.
     9             (viii)  Assign an employee without adequate training
    10         to perform the assigned work.
    11             (ix)  Require or condone a violation of this act, a
    12         regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
    13         order under this act.
    14             (x)  Require or condone performance of an unsafe act.
    15             (xi)  Fail to perform a proper and required
    16         examination.
    17             (xii)  Fail to abate promptly the dangers identified
    18         through a mine examination or inspection by the
    19         department.
    20             (xiii)  Supply inaccurate information to the
    21         department.
    22             (xiv)  Fail to:
    23                 (A)  notify the department as required by this
    24             act;
    25                 (B)  de-energize electrical power as required by
    26             this act; or
    27                 (C)  evacuate the mine when required.
    28  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
    29     (a)  Prohibition.--A person commits a felony of the second
    30  degree if all of the following apply:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 228 -    

     1         (1)  The person:
     2             (i)  violates this act, a regulation under this act
     3         or any approval, standard or order under this act;
     4             (ii)  submits false information to the department; or
     5             (iii)  fails to notify the department as required by
     6         this act.
     7         (2)  The action or inaction under paragraph (1):
     8             (i)  either results in the death of or substantial
     9         bodily injury to an individual; or
    10             (ii)  creates a condition that poses a substantial
    11         likelihood of causing death or substantial bodily injury
    12         to an individual.
    13  Section 506.  Inspections.
    14     (a)  Administrative.--An agent or employee of the department
    15  may do any of the following:
    16         (1)  Inspect a mine, property, building, premises, place,
    17     book or record.
    18         (2)  Secure physical evidence. This paragraph includes
    19     photography and videography.
    20         (3)  Conduct tests. This paragraph includes taking
    21     samples.
    22     (b)  Warrant.--It shall be sufficient probable cause for a
    23  court of competent jurisdiction to issue a search warrant if the
    24  department establishes all of the following:
    25         (1)  The action under subsection (a) is pursuant to the
    26     department's general inspection of mines and investigations
    27     at mines.
    28         (2)  The agent or employee:
    29             (i)  has reason to believe that there has been a
    30         violation of this act, a regulation under this act or any
    20080S0949B1685                 - 229 -    

     1         approval, standard or order under this act of the
     2         department has occurred or may occur; or
     3             (ii)  has been refused access or been prevented from
     4         taking action under subsection (a).
     5  Section 507. Intervention.
     6     A person having an interest, which is or may be adversely
     7  affected has the right without posting bond, to intervene in an
     8  action or appeal brought by the department before the
     9  Environmental Hearing Board under this act.
    10  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    11     (a)  Civil and administrative.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S.
    12  Ch. 55 Subch. B (relating to civil actions and proceedings) or
    13  any other statutory provision to the contrary:
    14         (1)  A civil action under this act shall be commenced
    15     within three years from the date the cause of action arises.
    16         (2)  An administrative action under this act shall be
    17     commenced within three years from the date of the violation.
    18     (b)  Criminal.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S. Ch. 55 Subch. C
    19  (relating to criminal proceedings) or any other statutory
    20  provision to the contrary, a criminal action under this act
    21  shall be commenced within three years from the date the offense
    22  is committed.
    23  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
    24     The following apply if the department finds that an operator
    25  has demonstrated a lack of intent or ability to comply with this
    26  act, a regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
    27  order under this act:
    28         (1)  The department may take any action it deems
    29     appropriate regarding the operator's permits, including
    30     denial of applications for new, renewed or amended permits
    20080S0949B1685                 - 230 -    

     1     and suspension or revocation of existing permits.
     2         (2)  Before taking action under paragraph (1), the
     3     department shall provide the operator with an opportunity to
     4     demonstrate to the department the operator's intent and
     5     ability to comply.
     6  Section 510.  Certification actions.
     7     (a)  Denial.--The department shall not issue a certification
     8  if, after investigation and an opportunity for an informal
     9  hearing, it finds that the applicant lacks the ability or intent
    10  to comply with this act.
    11     (b)  Sanctions.--
    12         (1)  The department may modify, suspend or revoke a
    13     certification under this act if it determines that the holder
    14     has done any of the following:
    15             (i)  Failed to comply with this act; a regulation
    16         under this act or any approval, standard or order under
    17         this act.
    18             (ii)  Interfered with the safe and lawful operation
    19         of any mine.
    20             (iii)  Engaged in unlawful conduct under this act.
    21         (2)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
    22     be treated as a petition for a supersedeas.
    23         (3)  This subsection is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5
    24     Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth
    25     agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial review of
    26     Commonwealth agency action).
    27     (c)  Retesting.--A mine official whose certificate has been
    28  revoked shall have the right after five years of work experience
    29  in an underground bituminous coal mine, two years of which must
    30  be in a working section, to be reexamined and upon receipt of a
    20080S0949B1685                 - 231 -    

     1  satisfactory score on the examination, the mine official shall
     2  be given another certificate of qualification.
     3     (d)  Other remedies.--This section is in addition to any
     4  other remedy afforded the department under this act or any other
     5  provision of law.
     6  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
     7     If a superintendent receives information that any mine
     8  foreman, assistant mine foreman, mine examiner or mine
     9  electrician neglects duties or is incapacitated, the
    10  superintendent shall make a thorough investigation. If the
    11  superintendent finds evidence to sustain neglect or incapacity,
    12  the superintendent shall suspend the individual and inform the
    13  department.
    14                             CHAPTER 6
    15                    EMERGENCY MEDICAL PERSONNEL
    16  Section 601.  Definitions.
    17     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    18  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    19  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    20     "Emergency medical technician."  A coal mine employee who has
    21  successfully completed the course on emergency first aid care
    22  and transportation of the sick and injured recommended by the
    23  American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons OR AN EQUIVALENT          <--
    24  ORGANIZATION and who has been certified by the Department of
    25  Health to provide emergency care.
    26     "Emergency medical technician paramedic."  A person who has
    27  been certified by the Department of Health to provide emergency
    28  medical treatment.
    29  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    30     (a)  Requirement.--Emergency medical personnel shall be
    20080S0949B1685                 - 232 -    

     1  employed at every mine as follows:
     2         (1)  At least one emergency medical technician shall be
     3     on duty at any time when miners at that mine are engaged in
     4     the extraction, production or preparation of coal. Emergency
     5     medical technicians shall be on duty at a mine in sufficient
     6     numbers to assure that no miner shall work in a mine location
     7     which cannot be reached in 30 minutes by an emergency medical
     8     technician. Emergency medical technicians shall be employed
     9     at their regular duties at locations convenient for quick
    10     response to emergencies and shall have available to them at
    11     all times necessary equipment in compliance with Federal
    12     regulations.
    13         (2)  Telephone services or the equivalent facilities
    14     shall be installed which shall provide two-way voice
    15     communications between the emergency medical technician at
    16     the mine and medical personnel outside or away from the mine
    17     who provide emergency medical services on a regular basis.
    18         (3)  Operators shall make adequate provisions so that at
    19     least one emergency medical technician paramedic, registered
    20     nurse, physician or physician assistant is available to
    21     provide care at a mine at any time that persons are engaged
    22     in extraction, production or preparation of coal. Emergency
    23     medical personnel under this paragraph shall be on call to
    24     reach the entrance of the mine within 30 minutes.
    25  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
    26     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
    27  train and certify emergency medical technicians and emergency
    28  medical technician paramedics.
    29  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    30     Each operator shall provide every new employee who has not
    20080S0949B1685                 - 233 -    

     1  received first aid training required by the department within
     2  the six months prior to the date of employment with the training
     3  required by the department. The department shall consult with
     4  the Department of Health, MSHA and representatives of miners and
     5  representatives of operators in determining the training to be
     6  required under this section. Each mine employee shall be
     7  provided with five hours of refresher first aid training within
     8  each 24-month period of employment. Each employee shall be paid
     9  regular wages or overtime pay, if applicable, for all periods of
    10  first aid training.
    11  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    12     The department, after consultation with the Department of
    13  Health regarding the content of instruction courses, shall
    14  provide for necessary training on a continuing basis of
    15  emergency medical technicians and emergency medical technician
    16  paramedics in sufficient numbers to satisfy the requirements of
    17  this chapter.
    18  Section 606.  Regulations.
    19     The Environmental Quality Board, after consultation with the
    20  Department of Health and the Board of Coal Mine Safety shall
    21  promulgate regulations to implement the operational provisions
    22  of this chapter.
    23  Section 607.  Certification.
    24     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
    25  prescribe procedures necessary to certify emergency medical
    26  technicians and emergency medical technician paramedics and
    27  consult with the department as may be required under this
    28  chapter.
    29  Section 608.  Liability.
    30     (a)  Physicians.--
    20080S0949B1685                 - 234 -    

     1         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a physician
     2     who in good faith gives instructions to a certified emergency
     3     medical technician or emergency medical technician paramedic,
     4     a registered nurse or physician assistant shall not be liable
     5     for civil damages as a result of issuing the instructions.
     6         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply to an intentional or     <--
     7     grossly negligent tort. WHERE THE ACTIONS CONSTITUTE GROSS     <--
     8     NEGLIGENCE, RECKLESS MISCONDUCT OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT.
     9     (b)  Other medical personnel.--
    10         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a certified
    11     emergency medical technician, emergency medical technician
    12     paramedic, registered nurse or physician assistant who in
    13     good faith attempts to render emergency care to a sick or
    14     injured individual in or about a mine shall not be liable for
    15     civil damages as a result of any acts or omissions.
    16         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply to an intentional or     <--
    17     grossly negligent tort. WHERE THE ACTIONS CONSTITUTE GROSS     <--
    18     NEGLIGENCE, RECKLESS MISCONDUCT OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT.
    19  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
    20     If the department determines that an operator is presently
    21  providing emergency medical care for its employees which is
    22  equivalent to or superior to the emergency medical care provided
    23  for under this chapter, the department shall make a finding that
    24  the operator is in compliance with this chapter.
    25                             CHAPTER 7
    26                 SAFETY ZONES AND ENTOMBED WORKMEN
    27  Section 701.  Establishment.
    28     A safety zone is established beneath and adjacent to every
    29  stream, river and natural or artificial body of water in this
    30  Commonwealth that is sufficiently large to constitute a hazard
    20080S0949B1685                 - 235 -    

     1  to mining in the opinion and discretion of the department. In
     2  the case of a stream or river, the safety zone shall extend
     3  horizontally 200 feet from the high-water mark of each bank. In
     4  the case of any other body of water sufficiently large to, in
     5  the department's discretion, constitute a hazard to mining, the
     6  safety zone shall extend horizontally 200 feet from the known
     7  perimeter. Each safety zone shall extend downward to the limit
     8  of the workable beds.
     9  Section 702.  Written authorization.
    10     (a)  Requirement.--No mining or removal of minerals shall be
    11  permitted within the safety zone unless authorization is
    12  specifically granted in advance and in writing by the
    13  department.
    14     (b)  Procedure.--Authorization shall only be granted upon
    15  application of the operator. Application shall be accompanied by
    16  four copies of a plan of the proposed mining operation. The plan
    17  shall indicate the thickness of the unconsolidated strata, the
    18  thickness of the rock strata and coal beds overlying the bed to
    19  be mined, the thickness of the bed, the width of the mine
    20  openings, the width of the pillars to be left and any other
    21  special features that may be deemed necessary as affecting the
    22  contemplated first mining.
    23     (c)  Examinations.--The department shall make periodic
    24  examinations to determine the accuracy of plans, maps and
    25  drawings submitted to it under the provisions of this section.
    26  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
    27     Pillar recovery may not be undertaken until the pillars are
    28  approved by the department. Applications for pillar recovery
    29  must be accompanied by four copies of a plan, which must include
    30  such information as shall be determined by the department. The
    20080S0949B1685                 - 236 -    

     1  approval or disapproval of the plan shall be based on the
     2  factors of depth, the thickness of the bed, the percentage of
     3  pillars proposed to be extracted and to be left, the effect on
     4  pillars remaining in overlying beds and any other special
     5  features deemed necessary by the department.
     6  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
     7     (a)  Requirement.--Proof of the existence of 35 feet of rock
     8  cover must accompany any plan submitted under this chapter.
     9     (b)  Sufficiency.--Proof of rock cover is to be ascertained
    10  by testing holes drilled on:
    11         (1)  intersecting lines forming rectangles or squares
    12     where the cover thickness is less than 50 feet; and
    13         (2)  on spacing of not more than 35-foot centers.
    14  Section 705.  Verification.
    15     Plans and proof of rock cover under this chapter must be
    16  signed by a registered professional mining engineer representing
    17  the operator and a registered professional mining engineer
    18  representing the lessor or the owner.
    19  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
    20     (a)  Approval.--If, after review, the department approves the
    21  plan, it shall send copies of the approved plan to the
    22  registered professional mining engineer representing the
    23  operator and to the registered professional mining engineer
    24  representing the lessor or the owner.
    25     (b)  Disapproval.--If, after review, the department
    26  disapproves the plan, it shall send copies of the disapproval,
    27  identifying its reasons for that action, to the registered
    28  professional mining engineer representing the operator and a
    29  registered professional mining engineer representing the lessor
    30  or the owner.
    20080S0949B1685                 - 237 -    

     1  Section 707.  Notice.
     2     After approval of the plan by the department, mining or
     3  removal of minerals shall not begin within the safety zone until
     4  the mine foreman has conspicuously posted a notice on the
     5  outside of the mine and has orally notified each miner affected
     6  that the miner is working within the safety zone.
     7  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
     8     If a workman is enclosed, entombed or buried in any coal mine
     9  in this Commonwealth, the department, upon request of a
    10  relative of the workman or the department, shall petition a
    11  court of competent jurisdiction to order recovery of the body
    12  and to make a decree that the workman is dead.
    13                             CHAPTER 31
    14                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    15  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    16     (a)  Absolute.--
    17         (1)  The General Assembly declares that the repeals under
    18     paragraph (2) are necessary to effectuate this act.
    19         (2)  The following acts and parts of acts are repealed     <--
    20     absolutely:
    21             (i)  The act of June 30, 1947 (P.L.1177, No.490),
    22         known as The Coal Mine Sealing Act of 1947.
    23             (ii) (2)  The act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339),  <--
    24         known as the Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act, IS     <--
    25         REPEALED.
    26             (iii)  The act of July 9, 1976 (P.L.931, No.178),      <--
    27         referred to as the Coal Mine Emergency Medical Personnel
    28         Law.
    29     (b)  Inconsistent.--The following acts and parts of acts are
    30  repealed to the extent they apply to bituminous coal mines:
    20080S0949B1685                 - 238 -    

     1         (1)  The act of May 9, 1889 (P.L.154, No.171), entitled
     2     "An act to provide for the recovery of the bodies of workmen
     3     enclosed, buried or entombed in coal mines."
     4         (2)  The act of June 3, 1943 (P.L.848, No.357), entitled
     5     "An act providing that every mine foreman, assistant mine
     6     foreman and fire boss, under the Bituminous Mining Laws and
     7     the Anthracite Mining Laws of the Commonwealth, represents
     8     and is an officer of the Commonwealth in the mine in which
     9     employed, for the suspension or cancellation of the
    10     certificates of such officials as shall hold same, and for
    11     the disqualification of such as are uncertificated by the
    12     Secretary of Mines after or prior to hearing, for failure or
    13     refusal to perform his respective duties; defining the
    14     procedure in such hearing and the powers of the Secretary of
    15     Mines, with respect thereto, and providing for a review of
    16     his decisions by courts of common pleas and the Superior
    17     Court; providing for re-examination by the examining board of
    18     any person whose certificate has been cancelled, and for
    19     reinstatement of such as are uncertificated; and prohibiting
    20     the employment by any operator in such capacity of any mine
    21     foreman, assistant mine foreman or fire boss not possessing
    22     the requisite certificate or whose certificate is suspended
    23     or who has been disqualified."
    24         (3)  THE ACT OF JUNE 30, 1947 (P.L.1177, NO.490), KNOWN    <--
    25     AS THE COAL MINE SEALING ACT OF 1947.
    26         (3) (4)  The act of December 22, 1959 (P.L.1994, No.729),  <--
    27     entitled "An act prohibiting mining in certain areas without
    28     prior approval by the Department of Mines and Mineral
    29     Industries; establishing standards for the approval of plans
    30     for mining in such areas; imposing powers and duties on the
    20080S0949B1685                 - 239 -    

     1     mine foremen and the Department of Mines and Mineral
     2     Industries; and providing penalties."
     3         (5)  THE ACT OF JULY 9, 1976 (P.L.931, NO.178), REFERRED   <--
     4     TO AS THE COAL MINE EMERGENCY MEDICAL PERSONNEL LAW.
     5  Section 3102.  Effective date.
     6     This act shall take effect in 60 180 days.                     <--
















    A8L52JKL/20080S0949B1685        - 240 -